<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>Camera Dojo &#187; Product Reviews</title>
	<atom:link href="http://cameradojo.com/category/product-reviews/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://cameradojo.com</link>
	<description>Helping you make the most out of your photography</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Sat, 13 Mar 2010 16:10:50 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=2.9.2</generator>
	<language>en</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
	<xhtml:meta xmlns:xhtml="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" name="robots" content="noindex" />
		<item>
		<title>My Passport Studio for Mac from Western Digital</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2010/03/01/my-passport-studio-for-mac-from-western-digital/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2010/03/01/my-passport-studio-for-mac-from-western-digital/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 01 Mar 2010 16:05:14 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mauricen</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[640GB]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[announcement]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Backup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firewire]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firewire 800]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hard Drive]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[My Passport Studio]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[release]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[USB 2.0]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Western Digital]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1872</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[This weekend Western Digital gave me the opportunity to be one of the first to write a review of the brand new (introduced March 1st, 2010) My Passport Studio ultra-portable hard drive with E-label.  So, ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/My-passport-Studio-640-1.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1873" style="margin: 10px;" title="My passport Studio 640-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/My-passport-Studio-640-1-160x200.jpg" alt="" width="160" height="200" /></a>This weekend Western Digital gave me the opportunity to be one of the first to write a review of the brand new (introduced March 1st, 2010) My Passport Studio ultra-portable hard drive with E-label.  So, what, might you ask, is there to write about a new portable hard drive?  Well, in this case, plenty!  And I must say if there was ever a portable drive you would want to buy as a photographer and a Macintosh owner to use in the field, this is it!</p>
<p><span id="more-1872"></span>There are many cool features to talk about here.  Let&#8217;s look at them one at a time. The first and most obvious of new features is the display on the front of the drive.  This is called the &#8220;Smart display custom e-label&#8221;, and it is a very cool new feature.  Those who are familiar with the newest line of <a title="My Book Elite 1TB - read reviews" href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B002JSS2NS?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=camdoj-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B002JSS2NS" target="_blank">My Book Elite 1TB</a>, <a title="My Book Elite 1.5TB - read reviews" href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B002JSTDTK?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=camdoj-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B002JSTDTK" target="_blank">1.5TB</a> &amp; <a title="My Book Elite 2TB - read reviews" href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B002JSS2OC?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=camdoj-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B002JSS2OC" target="_blank">2TB</a> and <a title="My Book Studio 1TB - read reviews" href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B002RL8IH2?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=camdoj-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B002RL8IH2" target="_blank">My Book Studio 1TB</a>, <a title="My Book Studio 1.5TB - read reviews" href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B002RL8IAY?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=camdoj-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B002RL8IAY" target="_blank">1.5TB</a> &amp; <a title="My Book Studio 2TB - read reviews" href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B002RL8J12?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=camdoj-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B002RL8J12" target="_blank">2TB</a> recently introduced for the desktop will be familiar with this new feature.  It allows you to both label the drive with a 12 character description and to monitor the status of the drive, including available space and security status&#8230; even when the drive is unplugged!  And this label lasts for up to 6 months without plugging the drive in.  The next time you plug it in, it recharges itself for up to another 6 months.  With the price of drives these days, I find that I often store client projects on a drive on a shelf for 6 months, a year, sometimes more.  With the e-label system, it is easy to see which projects you are storing.  And the WD SmartWare software that is included makes changing the label (among other things) really simple.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/Passport.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1874" style="margin: 10px;" title="Passport" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/Passport-200x152.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="152" /></a>The next feature to discuss is interface/connectivity.  This drive is the Mac drive for a couple of reasons&#8230; most importantly being the connection options.  This drive has the option of both USB 2.0 and Firewire 800 connections directly on the drive, and Firewire 400 adapter to connect to machines without Firewire 800 connections.  This gives you just about every possible connection you could need to get to your data.  The included cables are short (15&#8243; or less), but that is all that is needed to connect to your MacBook.</p>
<p>Security is the next great feature, and it ties right into the software that comes with the drive.  The WD SmartWare software mounts to the desktop the first time you connect to the drive.  Setup is easy through this very well designed application.  You can set up the drive, the label, the security and even backup options through this software.  Once you assign a password to the drive, the password is required every time you plug the drive into a Mac.  This is a great option and makes you feel good knowing that if someone acquires your drive, they will not be able to get to your data.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/WD-setup.png" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1875" style="margin: 10px;" title="WD setup" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/WD-setup-200x145.png" alt="" width="200" height="145" /></a>This screen shows the settings options for the drive.  As you can see, you simply type the label in, choose a normal or inverted display, and save the label settings.  From here, you can choose other options to set up including sleep timer, diagnostics, virtual CD and other options.  The software is clean and easy to understand.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/WD-backup.png" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignleft size-medium wp-image-1876" style="margin: 10px;" title="WD backup" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/WD-backup-200x145.png" alt="" width="200" height="145" /></a>The WD SmartWare software has built in backup software.  It analyzes your drives(s) and allows you to select which folders you wish to back up and restore.  The design is very graphical and seems very easy to grasp and understand.  With the limited time we have had this drive, there has not been the time needed to dig into the use of this application.  But we do intend to look more at it at a future date.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/Drive-Comparison.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1877" title="Drive Comparison" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/Drive-Comparison-200x130.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="130" /></a>The next feature to talk about is performance.  We wanted to get a feel of just how fast this drive is for backup and use.  We did some basic speed tests around the FireWire 800 and USB connectors, and we compared it to another commercial, portable USB drive that we commonly use.  It was a simple test where we drug a folder full of 450 different 20 to 40MB RAW photos to the drives and tested the performance.  This folder was 11GB in size, and should represent a typical copy that photographers would go through in backing up their data.  The results were good and about as we would expect.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/chart-of-speed.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1878" title="chart of speed" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/chart-of-speed-200x126.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="126" /></a>The testing was not &#8220;milspec&#8221; or overly thorough, but very real world.  We took this new WD My Passport 640GB drive and tested both of it&#8217;s connectors and then tested a year old 120GB external drive that has served us very well over the past year.  This is about as real world as we can get in this amount of time.  Yea, yea, not a fair comparison to an older drive, etc., but the numbers are still true and comparable.  And beyond these numbers, I think we are chasing too small of details.</p>
<p>The WD My Passport Studio drive is small, but large in storage.  It is versatile and comes with great software.  It has features offered on no other drives available today (e-label).  It comes with a 3 year warranty backed by one of the largest and most reputable drive manufacturers on the market today.  What else could you want in a drive to trust your valuable photos and video?</p>
<p>Available March 1st, 2010 at retail stores like Best Buy, and click the links here to see reviews of this product and purchase the <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B00378KLYC?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=camdoj-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B00378KLYC" target="_blank">320GB</a>, <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B00378KLYM?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=camdoj-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B00378KLYM" target="_blank">500GB</a> or <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B00378KLZ6?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=camdoj-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B00378KLZ6" target="_blank">640GB My Passport Studio</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Score Card (scale of 1 to 5)<br />
</strong></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="88" valign="top"><strong>Features</strong></td>
<td width="54" align="center" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="88" valign="top"><strong>Setup:</strong></td>
<td width="54" align="center" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="88" valign="top"><strong>Usage:</strong></td>
<td width="54" align="center" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="88" valign="top"><strong>Results:</strong></td>
<td width="54" align="center" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="88" align="right" valign="top"><strong>Overall:</strong></td>
<td width="54" align="center" valign="top"><strong>5.0</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>You can visit Western Digital&#8217;s website <a title="Western Digital" href="http://www.wdc.com/" target="_blank">here</a>.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1872&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2010/03/01/my-passport-studio-for-mac-from-western-digital/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Vanguard Alta Pro 284CT Tripod Review</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2010/02/18/vanguard-284ct-tripod-review/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2010/02/18/vanguard-284ct-tripod-review/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 19 Feb 2010 05:04:25 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tripod]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[vanguard]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1808</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Tripods are one of those big dollar purchases that many photographers put off well past then they should and I can&#8217;t count how many photographers I know that rarely use their tripod because they dislike ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_2573.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1813" title="IMG_2573" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_2573-133x200.jpg" alt="" width="133" height="200" /></a>Tripods are one of those big dollar purchases that many photographers put off well past then they should and I can&#8217;t count how many photographers I know that rarely use their tripod because they dislike it so much. With me, I tend to only replace one when the current one is in a state that is significantly past the point that it should have been retired. Case in point, my current Calumet has been falling apart for a long time, requires constant maintenance, and is a very heavy metal set of legs. Even though it has traveled thousands of miles, I have despised it for years. What has kept me from getting one before now? Mostly the cost. Good tripods are usually over $500 making it a large investment for something that isn&#8217;t used as often as a new lens might be.<span id="more-1808"></span></p>
<h3>The Vanguard Alta Pro 284CT Tripod</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_2575.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1814" title="IMG_2575" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_2575-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>I first saw the Vanguard Alta Pro line of tripods at PMA last year and decided right on the spot that I just had to have one. There was one feature of the Alto Pro tripods that stood out from the rest for me, that was the ability of the central rod to be able to rotate from 0 to 130 degrees  in order for you to be able to shoot straight down onto something or for better angles for macro photography. For me, this is highly useful for product photography.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_2570.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1811" title="IMG_2570" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_2570-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>Other features include advanced camera vibration and shock control, legs  that adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree angles, quarter-twist leg locks,   patented premium magnesium die-cast canopy and head, hexagon-shaped  central column for extra stability, and non-slip, spiked rubber feet for  changing terrains and a removable hook for hanging camera accessories.  Alta Pro 284CT is carbon fiber making it very light weight.</p>
<p><strong><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_2568.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1810" title="IMG_2568" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_2568-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>Specifications</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Extended height(inch): 63</li>
<li>Folded height(inch): 21</li>
<li>Weight(lbs): 3.71</li>
<li>Maximum loading capacity(lbs): 18</li>
<li>Titled Loading Capacity(lbs): 15.4</li>
<li>Number of Leg Sections: 4</li>
<li>Leg Diameter(mm): 28</li>
</ul>
<p style="text-align: left;"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_2577.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1816" title="IMG_2577" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_2577-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>Another feature that I was looking for in a new tripod was the ability to spread the legs out to multiple angles in order to get the camera as close to the ground as possible. With the Alta Pro&#8217;s ability to rotate the center column over and spread the legs out up to 80 degrees, this gives you some of the most control of any tripod available. The ability to screw up the rubber feet to expose metal spikes should help the Alta Pro tripods stay put on uneven terrain. This should be a welcome feature for landscape photographers. On the bottom of central column is a metal loop that you can use to  strap down to a sand bag to steady the tripod when using it in the wind. The Alta Pro tripods all come with a slinging bag (SB-100 Stone Bag). This can be used to store all your basic &#8220;keep handy&#8221; gear like lens caps, light meters, and turkey sandwiches, or you can fill it with rocks to help keep the tripod sturdy. When looking at the different models of the Alta Pro series, the model number gives you some clues to it&#8217;s specs. The first two number designate the diameter of the legs while the third digit tells you how many segments the legs have, hence the 284CT has 28mm legs and 4 segments.</p>
<p style="text-align: left;">
<p style="text-align: left;">
<p><object width="500" height="400"><param name="movie" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/qmCXyG-fBGY&#038;fs=1"></param><param name="allowFullScreen" value="true"></param><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always"></param><embed src="http://www.youtube.com/v/qmCXyG-fBGY&#038;fs=1" type="application/x-shockwave-flash" width="500" height="400" allowscriptaccess="always" allowfullscreen="true"></embed></object></p>
<h3>Usage</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_2576.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1815" title="IMG_2576" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_2576-133x200.jpg" alt="" width="133" height="200" /></a>There is a lot to like about the Vanguard Alta Pro 284CT, the construction is solid, it has a great set of features, and is easy to use. My last tripod had clunky brackets to release the legs where the 284CT uses a twist-lock that takes only 1/4 of a turn to lock or unlock.</p>
<p>The leg angle adjustment is solid and easy to use as well with a simple push button release. To swing the central column over you raise up the column and push a safety button to release it up into the neck. Once up, you release the Instant Swivel Stop-n-Lock (ISSL) System and the central post will be free to move around.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_2571.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1812" title="IMG_2571" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_2571-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>Keep in mind that the 284CT is not a complete tripod system, it is just the legs and the central column. In order to actually attach a camera, you have to have some kind of head on it.  Currently, my most used head is a <a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/07/18/manfrotto-322rc2-ball-head-review/">Manfrotto 322RC2</a> ball head. This head requires a larger screw mount than comes standard on the 284CT. Fortunately, Vanguard thought this could be an issue. The 284CT comes with a little tool kit that allows you to remove  a larger screw mount from the top mount and attach it on top of the existing screw mount to allow for a wider variety of heads to be used. The small tool kit also has an Allen wrench and sockets for maintaining the legs.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_2566.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1809" title="IMG_2566" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_2566-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>Along with the stone bag, you also get a carrying bag for everything. I only wish the bag would have been a bit longer to accommodate having a head attached to it. Even so, its nice to have a bag with a carrying strap to help haul it around.</p>
<p><strong>Results</strong></p>
<p>Ok, so remember at the beginning I said that good tripod legs go for upwards of $400 or more, and sometimes, much more. And notice how much attention to detail Vanguard has put into the Alta Pro 284CT. The best part, is you can get all of this for only <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B002CKA1RI?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=voipspeak-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B002CKA1RI">$299.95</a><img style="border: none !important; margin: 0px !important;" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=voipspeak-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B002CKA1RI" border="0" alt="" width="1" height="1" />. Sure, that is still a heft chunk of change especially when you add in another $50 &#8211; $100 for a good ball head. Is an investment of close to $400 really worth it for something as simple as a tripod? That sounds like a simple question but as someone who has gone through a handful of tripods over the years, I can attest to the fact that it does. Let me give you a brief history of my tripods over the years.</p>
<p>My first tripod was a cheap $14 special that actually came free when I bought a Hi8 digital camera once. While initially fine indoors for product photography, it was very wobbly and wouldn&#8217;t hold up a heavier camera/lens combo. As I upgraded and the cameras and lenses got heavier, it simply wouldn&#8217;t cut it.</p>
<p>The next tripod was in the low-end of the pro spectrum. It extended much taller, was more sturdy, and could hold heavier gear. Over time, the movements got gritty, the legs got looser, and it just didn&#8217;t feel stable enough. This tripod still serves duty for my much lighter camcorder.</p>
<p>My last tripod was a nice Calumet. While for a while, it was nice to have a good tripod with a nice Manfrotto head on it, eventually it really began to fall apart. In recent days the clasps are held together with JB Weld, O-Rings have fallen off, and I have to tighten up the screws all the time.</p>
<p>The Vanguard Alta Pro 284CT is easily the most expensive tripod I have owned to date but the features it had, along with much better construction should allow it to last longer and hold up to my abuse, while at the same time giving me functionality I never had before.</p>
<p><strong>Summary</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_2578.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1817" title="IMG_2578" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_2578-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>So far, I am impressed with the Alta Pro 284CT. It has the features I was looking for, it is reasonable priced for the class of tripod it is in, and has a nice, professional feel to it. Its also much lighter than my previous tripod which will be very handy as I do travel quite a bit.</p>
<p>But who is Vanguard? I bet most of you have never heard of them before. For 24 years, Vanguard has been a leader in high-quality  photo-video accessories (tripods, monopods, ball heads, camera bags and  cases), hunting accessories (archery bow cases, gun cases and gun  pods/shooting sticks) and sporting optics (binoculars and spotting  scopes).</p>
<p><object width="500" height="306"><param name="movie" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/88keESzIQz4&#038;fs=1"></param><param name="allowFullScreen" value="true"></param><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always"></param><embed src="http://www.youtube.com/v/88keESzIQz4&#038;fs=1" type="application/x-shockwave-flash" width="500" height="306" allowscriptaccess="always" allowfullscreen="true"></embed></object></p>
<p><strong>Score Card</strong></p>
<table style="width: 144px;" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="88" valign="top"><strong>Features</strong></td>
<td width="54" align="center" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="88" valign="top"><strong>Setup:</strong></td>
<td width="54" align="center" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="88" valign="top"><strong>Usage:</strong></td>
<td width="54" align="center" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="88" valign="top"><strong>Results:</strong></td>
<td width="54" align="center" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="88" align="right" valign="top"><strong>Overall:</strong></td>
<td width="54" align="center" valign="top"><strong>5.0</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Vanguard Website: <a href="http://www.vanguardworld.com/">http://www.vanguardworld.com</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1808&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2010/02/18/vanguard-284ct-tripod-review/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Crumpler 8 Million Dollar Home &#8211; But What&#8217;s In A Name?</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2010/02/12/crumpler-8-million-dollar-home-but-whats-in-a-name/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2010/02/12/crumpler-8-million-dollar-home-but-whats-in-a-name/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 12 Feb 2010 18:38:07 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mauricen</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Camera Bags]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crumpler]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Review]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1640</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[So, I was going to start this article by talking about the name of this bag and the naming of Crumpler&#8217;s bags in general.  The names are certainly interesting and conversation starters to say the ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/crumpler-1.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignleft size-medium wp-image-1822" style="margin-left: 10px; margin-right: 10px;" title="crumpler-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/crumpler-1-200x165.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="165" /></a>So, I was going to start this article by talking about the name of this bag and the naming of Crumpler&#8217;s bags in general.  The names are certainly interesting and conversation starters to say the least. But I will leave it at that and get on with talking about this particular bag.</p>
<p>Crumpler is a company that has become known for trendy and cool bags for many different markets.  Crumpler has also been known for quality of build and durability.  Late last year, Crumpler introduced the latest in its Million Dollar Home line called the ‘8 Million Dollar Home’ to give a fashionable alternative to the typical, usually black, technical looking camera bag. <span id="more-1640"></span></p>
<p>At $170 retail, this bag is not strictly just a camera bag, but fashionably carrying your camera gear is a task it seems to do quite well.  As I first received this bag, I spent much time looking at it, flipping it around, studying the stitching, the internals, the straps.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/crumpler-4.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1819" style="margin-left: 10px; margin-right: 10px;" title="crumpler-4" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/crumpler-4-200x166.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="166" /></a>What I realized first that this is a quality built product.  I don&#8217;t care how rough you are on your gear bags, the 8 Million Dollar Home from Crumpler will stand up to your daily use as well or better than any bag I have ever used.  The shoulder strap is well padded.  The material is thick and durable.  This bag is built to last.</p>
<p>Next I tried to figure out the functionality of the bag.  Camera bags tend to come in all sizes and shapes these days from backpacks to fanny packs, from rollers to shoulders.  Most all of them are black and pretty typical looking.  No matter where you go, you walk in announcing that you are carrying a bag full of camera gear.  Now, this is not necessarily a bad thing, but not everyone wants to announce &#8220;photographer&#8221; with every entrance to a room.  This is the next area that this bag is very well designed.  It simply does not look like a camera bag.  It looks more like a trendy saddle bag.</p>
<p>The model I have is gray on the outside and a bright, neon green on the inside, trimmed with red accents.  The inside has a series of compartments that are fully configurable and there are plenty of extra dividers to allow you to make more than enough small compartments for your needs.  With velcro on the ends of the soft divider panels, locking them into place is easy.  I was able to get a 70-200mm and 2 other lenses in, plus my camera body with a lens on it, a flash, meter and lots of small accessories.  For me, this was plenty of room to load what I needed for a weekend casual trip or a light business shoot on the road.  And the bad was solid and protected enough to make me comfortable that my gear was safe.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/crumpler-2.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1821" style="margin-left: 10px; margin-right: 10px;" title="crumpler-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/crumpler-2-200x170.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="170" /></a>One of the most unique features of the bag is the silent closure option. The 8 Million Dollar Home is secured on two corners by two large pieces of Velcro underneath the top of the large messenger flap that encloses your equipment.  An interesting, thoughtful twist is that you can choose to un-tuck a cover, place it over the Velcro, and close the flap with two clasp enclosures allowing for a silent opening and closing without the rip and tear commotion caused by the large, Velcro fasteners. A nice option when you need to get to your gear without disturbing those around you.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/crumpler-3.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1820" style="margin-left: 10px; margin-right: 10px;" title="crumpler-3" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/crumpler-3-200x157.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="157" /></a>Inside, the bright green padded compartments can be configured in a seemingly infinite number of ways to accommodate a variety of gear.  You can even completely empty the inside of dividers and make it one large, open bag, if desired. There are also two large mesh compartments inside the flap and front compartment of the bag, one secured by a zipper and the other with a Velcro strap. There are also a couple of loops on the outside  on either side to perhaps secure a small tripod.</p>
<p>Overall, the bag looks cool, is quite light, and well padded. It will fit a reasonable amount of equipment.  It is fashionable and kind of fun to configure.  It is not everyone&#8217;s answer to the &#8220;everything-bag&#8221;, but is not intended to be.  I personally cannot think of a more comfortable way to tote my gear around for an afternoon of shooting.</p>
<p>The Crumpler 8 Million Dollar home can be found for <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B002AK6E7Q?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=camdoj-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B002AK6E7Q" target="_blank">$170.00 on Amazon.com</a>.</p>
<p>Interested in seeing more of Crumpler&#8217;s products&#8230; here is a link to <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/redirect.html?ie=UTF8&amp;location=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.amazon.com%2Fs%3Fie%3DUTF8%26x%3D0%26ref_%3Dnb%5Fsb%5Fnoss%26y%3D0%26field-keywords%3Dcrumpler%26url%3Dsearch-alias%253Delectronics&amp;tag=camdoj-20&amp;linkCode=ur2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957" target="_blank">All of Crumpler&#8217;s products on Amazon</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Product Review Scorecard</strong></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Features:</strong></td>
<td align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Setup:</strong></td>
<td align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Usage:</strong></td>
<td align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Results:</strong></td>
<td align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Price:</strong></td>
<td align="center" valign="top">4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Overall:<br />
</strong></td>
<td align="center" valign="top"><strong>5</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Crumpler Website: <a href="http://www.crumplerbags.com">http://www.crumplerbags.com</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1640&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2010/02/12/crumpler-8-million-dollar-home-but-whats-in-a-name/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Lensbaby Soft Focus and FishEye Lens First Impressions</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/12/19/lensbaby-soft-focus-and-fisheye-lens-impressions/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/12/19/lensbaby-soft-focus-and-fisheye-lens-impressions/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 19 Dec 2009 22:29:25 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Fish Eye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lensbaby]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lenses]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Soft Focus]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Specialty]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1771</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Anyone who has been reading CameraDojo.com or listening to the podcast for a while should now that I might as well go to a meeting every week and say &#8220;Hi, My Name is Kerry, and ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/optics.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1786" title="optics" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/optics-200x146.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="146" /></a>Anyone who has been reading CameraDojo.com or listening to the podcast for a while should now that I might as well go to a meeting every week and say &#8220;Hi, My Name is Kerry, and I am a Lensbaby-aholic&#8221;. I absolutely LOVE my Lensbaby Composer and the Optic Swap system. When the folks at Lensbaby told me about their new Soft Focus and FishEye lenses, I begged them to get me some of the first off the assembly line. Lucky for me they arrived just as I was packing for a recent trip to New York.</p>
<p>This article is only going to be my first impressions of the lenses since I just got them and haven&#8217;t had a chance to use them in more diverse environments yet.</p>
<h3><span id="more-1771"></span>The Setup</h3>
<p>For this initial use of the new lenses, I had a Canon 50D which has an APS-C lens so I don&#8217;t quite get the full effect of the FishEye lens, but still, it works quite well.</p>
<p>Unfortunately, the weather conditions weren&#8217;t ideal either since I had to brave 20 degree temps to walk around getting these shots (may not seem cold to some people, but I live in Southern California). With an overcast sky and snow on the ground, its not as if colors were popping as much as I would have liked, but you can&#8217;t beat a morning stroll through East Aurora New York in the morning, so off I went.</p>
<h3>The Soft Focus Lens</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_9993.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1785" title="IMG_9993" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_9993-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>Ok, this lens is NOT for everyone by any means, however, I absolutely love it! The soft focus lens diffuses the light coming into the lens by filtering through a series of small holes. The goal is not to create a completely defocused image, but to give it a softer quality. When I get home and get some more images, you will see how this can look with portraits. For now, I had limited subject matter to work with to demonstrate with.</p>
<p>The image here of the flower was the one shot I managed to snap off before throwing the camera in the suitcase and heading to the airport. While you can see plenty of detail, there is still a softness to it and the defocused background has a really beautiful look to it.</p>
<p>Here are some more shots with the soft focus lens:</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0006.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-1774" title="IMG_0006" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0006-500x333.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="333" /></a></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0003.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-1772" title="IMG_0003" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0003-500x333.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="333" /></a></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0005.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-1773" title="IMG_0005" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0005-500x333.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="333" /></a></p>
<h3><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0020.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1782" title="IMG_0020" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0020-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>Fish Eye Lens</h3>
<p>A fish eye lens is another one of those lenses you don&#8217;t tend to keep on your camera much but when you need a REALLY wide angle, nothing can beat them. Since the Canon 50D does not have a full frame sensor you dont get a complete circular effect but the fish eye effect is still plainly visible. With some creative cropping and vignetting, you may not even realize a shot was taken with a fish eye.</p>
<p>Below is an example of a pre and post crop of the same image:</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0010.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-1775" title="IMG_0010" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0010-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a> <a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0010-2.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-1776" title="IMG_0010-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0010-2-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a></p>
<p>With a little cropping, the really distorted edges are far less noticeable.</p>
<p>Another thing you can do is use a fish eye to capture more of a scene than you could with a regular lens and then us Photoshop&#8217;s lens correction to straighten it out somewhat. The following images are before and after the lens correction was applied.</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0016.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-1778" title="IMG_0016" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0016-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a> <a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0016-Edit.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-1780" title="IMG_0016-Edit" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0016-Edit-200x121.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="121" /></a></p>
<p>Here are some additional shots taken with the fish eye lens:</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0011.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-1777" title="IMG_0011" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0011-500x333.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="333" /></a></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0018.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-1781" title="IMG_0018" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0018-500x333.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="333" /></a></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0022.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-1783" title="IMG_0022" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0022-500x333.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="333" /></a></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0024.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-1784" title="IMG_0024" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_0024-500x333.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="333" /></a></p>
<h3>Summary</h3>
<p>If you have a Lensbaby Composer or are thinking about getting one, the Fish Eye and Soft Focus lenses can be a terrific addition to your Optic Swap lens collection. Maybe they are even just the right excuse to go get a Composer now. For me, they are a very welcome addition to my collection and I cant wait to use them even more.</p>
<p>For more information, check out Lensbaby at <a href="http://www.lensbaby.com">http://www.lensbaby.com</a>.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1771&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/12/19/lensbaby-soft-focus-and-fisheye-lens-impressions/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Building a Rail System for your Video DSLR</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/10/07/what-is-a-rail-system/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/10/07/what-is-a-rail-system/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 08 Oct 2009 00:21:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mauricen</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSLR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1585</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[This is a product that may be new to a lot of photographers.  I know it&#8217;s a little new for me too, as I just started researching rail systems at the beginning of this year ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/09/indiRAILSpro.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1630" title="indiRAILSpro" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/09/indiRAILSpro-200x178.jpg" alt="indiRAILSpro" width="200" height="178" /></a>This is a product that may be new to a lot of photographers.  I know it&#8217;s a little new for me too, as I just started researching rail systems at the beginning of this year after buying my Canon 5D Mark II.  I read, researched and talked to people to really get an understanding of what a rail system does for you and why you would need it. So, lets get into it&#8230;<span id="more-1585"></span>In a nutshell, a rail system is a framework to support your camera and accessories.  It is called a rail system, because it usually starts with a pair of rails, or tubes that are held together with some framework of blocks and mounts, and your camera and all of its needed accessories mount to this framework.  For photographers, this is a clunky thing and not something you would want to ever mount your camera on.  For the budding to professional videographer, a rail system opens up a whole new set of doors.  And with the release of the 5D Mark II from Canon, and its amazing 1080p HD video, videographers need a way to use the camera differently than they as a still camera.  You need to be able to accessorize.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/District9.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-thumbnail wp-image-1692" title="District9" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/District9-140x115.jpg" alt="District9" width="140" height="115" /></a>If you look at the movie industry, rail systems have become the standard way to mount all of the gear wrapped around a digital camera system (in this case, I believe this was a Red system).  Notice the young lady carrying a massive display of equipment on her shoulder.  If you look closely, you will see that there is a person supporting her around the waist as she is walking on rough terrain, and there is a person to her right who is actually running the follow focus and focusing the camera while she walks.  All of this gear looks like something out of a Sci-Fi movie.. and actually, it is (District 9).  In this article, we will talk about building a rail system similar to this to wrap around a DSLR.</p>
<p>When using a DSLR for high definition video, there are several other things you need to make the recording as clean as possible.  You need:</p>
<p>1) Stability &#8211; the ability to fluidly move your camera around</p>
<p>2) Focus &#8211; DSLRs do not have auto focus like camcorders do.  Focusing a lens is much more clunky and harder to handle</p>
<p>3) Light Control &#8211; sometimes a lens hood just isn&#8217;t enough control over the light on the lens</p>
<p>4) Microphone &#8211; the internal microphone is not nearly the quality needed for a professional video</p>
<p>5) Live View &#8211; the small, internal display is not big enough to use when manually focusing and framing a scene</p>
<p>6) Lighting &#8211; in darker situations, a light is often needed to illuminate your subject</p>
<p>7) Lens Modifiers &#8211; there are lens modifiers that do not attach to a lens and need to be fixed in-line with the camera lens, like a depth of field modifier</p>
<p>Now, imagine being able to take care of all of these needs at the same time.  To do this, you need a frame around your camera with which you can attach all of these components.  With a good rail system, you get:</p>
<p>1) Stability &#8211; a shoulder mount and frame you can hold with both hands</p>
<p>2) Focus &#8211; a follow focus knob and gearing with which you can easily mark your focus points and smoothly focus the lens</p>
<p>3) Light Control &#8211; a matte box with french flag and adjustable side flags and removable filter holders</p>
<p>4) Microphone &#8211; a frame allows you to mount a microphone either on the hot shoe or on the frame itself</p>
<p>5) Live View &#8211; an external monitor can be mounted above or to the side of the camera for optimal viewing, instead of just the small, built in screen on the camera</p>
<p>6) Lighting &#8211; a lighting solution can be mounted above the camera and will move with the camera</p>
<p>7) Lens Modifiers &#8211; with a rail system, a lens modifier can be mounted in-line with the camera lens in a rigid and secure installation</p>
<p>To accomplish all of this, we need to start with a rail system.  And to my surprise, there are quite a few out there to choose from.  But with a DSLR, there are special needs to handle the height and weight of the camera and all of its size requirements.  This means that not every rail system will work with your particular camera.  Rail systems designed for DSLRs are a little more height adjustable to allow for the height of the lens off the bottom mount of the camera.  The more flexible systems allow for a battery grip or XLR audio box under the body too.</p>
<p>And as of the writing of this article, there are a few video-capable DSLRs on the market, but many more are coming.  I am basing the article completely around my Canon EOS 5D Mark II.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/09/empty-rail.jpg"></a><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/empty-rail.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1719" title="empty rail" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/empty-rail-200x150.jpg" alt="empty rail" width="200" height="150" /></a>The rail system we chose to work with for this article is the IndiSYSTEM from <a title="IndiSystem" href="http://www.indifocus.com/">Studio4 Productions</a> out of Waterloo, Iowa.  This is a U.S. manufactured rail system that is constantly changing and evolving to meet the needs of modern DSLRs as well as camcorders on the market today.  Tim Ovel, the owner, is a really personable and knowledgeable guy, and a lot of fun to talk with.  Throughout the build of this system, Tim was helpful in piecing the needed items and attachments together to make the rig just how we wanted it.</p>
<p>This article will be the first in a series that goes more in-depth into building and outfitting a rail system.  For this particular article, we are going to focus on the rail system itself.</p>
<p>However, we have other components that will be completing this rig in the next articles in the series.  We have a 5.6&#8243; High Def HDMI battery powered portable monitor from Ikan, an LCD light panel from Ikan and a stereo mic and accessories from Rodes.  Delkin provided us with a Pop-Up Shade for the 5D Mark II, which helped with the outdoor light.  These accessories will help to complete the setup for a full production camera.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/09/empty-rail-front.jpg"></a><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/empty-rail-front.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1720" title="empty rail front" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/empty-rail-front-168x200.jpg" alt="empty rail front" width="168" height="200" /></a>Now, let&#8217;s take a look at the system we have built here.  The first thing you need to understand is that this setup is completely reconfigurable.  Before even the first photograph was taken of the rig, I probably went through a dozen different configurations.  With the complete flexibility of the indiSYSTEM, you can pretty much make the rig fit exactly what you want it to.</p>
<p><strong>The components:</strong></p>
<p>There are several pieces that make up the rail system.  Combined in any arrangement, these parts make up a rail system.</p>
<p><strong>The rails.</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/product_indirailspro_image.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1722" title="product_indirailspro_image" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/product_indirailspro_image-200x154.jpg" alt="product_indirailspro_image" width="200" height="154" /></a>The rails themselves are the basis of a rail system.  They are a platform on which all of the components are attached.  Typically, the base is made up of 2 rails made up of a strong material like metal or carbon fiber.  Many of the rails out there are 15mm in diameter.  They can be almost any length, although the common lengths are anywhere from 10&#8243; to 24&#8243;.  The indiRAILSpro system is based on carbon fiber rails, which are both light and very sturdy and strong.</p>
<p><strong>The camera block</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/camera-block1.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1724" title="camera-block" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/camera-block1-200x197.jpg" alt="camera-block" width="175" height="173" /></a>The camera mount, sometimes called the camera block, is where you mount your camera.  This is kind of the hub of the rig.  In the indiRAILSpro system, this block has a mounting plate that locks down to the rails themselves to the block and is the basis of holding them in place.  The block is drilled and tapped with mount holes with which to mount quick release bases and plates to attach your camera or to mount the entire block to a tripod.</p>
<p><strong>The shoulder mount</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/shoulder-mount.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1725" title="shoulder mount" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/shoulder-mount-200x150.jpg" alt="shoulder mount" width="200" height="150" /></a>The shoulder mount is not always a necessary piece of a rail system, but it is a very common requirement for many people.  The shoulder mount allows you to balance and carry your camera, rig and accessories on your shoulder while smoothly operating it.   The shoulder mount for the indiRAILSpro is easily adjustable and can be angled to allow the rear end of the rig to be higher or lower as best suits your needs.  The newest shoulder mount was just designed before this article&#8217;s release and is a cool new take on their last shoulder mount.  It is light weight and very flexible in layout.  It not only adjusts the distance of the rig from your shoulder, but it also angles to allow just the right angle for comfort.  After all, our shoulders to slant at an angle and your shoulder mount should accommodate that.</p>
<p><strong>The Front handles</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/handles.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1726" title="handles" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/handles-150x200.jpg" alt="handles" width="120" height="160" /></a>Handles on the front end of the rails are how you control it when it is shoulder mounted.  If you don&#8217;t intend to carry your rig on your shoulder, then you probably want to tripod mount it, and handles wouldn&#8217;t be important to you.  The handles need to be adjustable and flexible as people&#8217;s arm lengths are different.  This was another nice feature of the indiRAILSpro system as length, angle and separation could all be adjusted easily.</p>
<p><strong>The Matte box</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/product_indimatte.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1727" title="product_indimatte" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/product_indimatte-200x176.jpg" alt="product_indimatte" width="200" height="176" /></a>A matte box has many functions. It allows you to control the top and side light that hits the camera lens.  It can allow you to easily insert filters in front of the lens too.  A matte box can also shape the image aspect by blackening the top and bottom of your image to form a wider aspect letterbox effect.  On top of all of that, it makes your rig look cool and professional.  There are lots of reasons to want a matte box on your rail system.</p>
<p><strong>The follow focus</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/product_indifocuspro_image.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1728" title="product_indifocuspro_image" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/product_indifocuspro_image-193x200.jpg" alt="product_indifocuspro_image" width="193" height="200" /></a>This is not a “must have” accessory, and it is not terribly important to people using a rail setup with their average camcorders as auto-focus works well in that arena with that gear.  But with today&#8217;s DSLRs and video, auto-focus is not there yet.  Plus, there are many reasons to manually control your focus when doing cinematography.  A follow focus system will give you complete manual control over your camera&#8217;s focus.</p>
<p><strong>Other Components</strong></p>
<p>As you build out your rig, you will find lots of other  accessories you want to add to make your videography easier and more effective.  Once we built out all we needed with the indiSYSTEM, we started to add some other electronics to complete the system.  Here is what we found most effective to add.</p>
<p><strong>A Matte box for the camera&#8217;s viewing screen</strong> &#8211; <a title="Delkin Pop-up Shade for Canon 5D Mark II" href="http://www.delkin.com/shop/product.php?productid=632&amp;cat=0&amp;page=1">Delkin Pop-Up Shade for the Canon 5D Mark II</a></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/Delkin.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1729" title="Delkin" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/Delkin-195x200.jpg" alt="Delkin" width="195" height="200" /></a>This little attachment is an inexpensive way to get a bit of light control over the screen of the 5D Mark II (or most any other popular DSLR) when shooting in outdoor lighting.  It takes only seconds to install, and looks good on the camera.  If the positioning of the rail system is right and you can focus your eye on this screen comfortably while moving your camera around, a pop-up shade like this really can make a difference.  And at $25, it really is an affordable addition to any DSLR.</p>
<p><strong>A Larger external display</strong> &#8211; Ikan V5600 High Definition 5.6&#8243; Monitor</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/V5600_1_400px.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1730" title="V5600_1_400px" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/V5600_1_400px-200x133.jpg" alt="V5600_1_400px" width="200" height="133" /></a>Let&#8217;s face it&#8230; the small display on the back of the 5D II may be O.K. for checking out your still photos, but it is really too small for monitoring live video while on the move.  When you are moving around with a rig this large on your shoulder, you want to really be able to see exactly what is getting recorded.  Ikan has a series of monitors that are compatible with the HDMI output from the 5D II and many other cameras and camcorders on the market.  With the help of the Ikan mounting arm, the V5600 display took our rails system to a whole new level.  I will go further in depth to this display and it&#8217;s features in a future review, but we really loved the light weight, the long life battery pack and the ease of mounting it to the system.</p>
<p>Ikan also makes an 8&#8243; HDMI monitor for those who want a larger display.  It is not as high of a resolution as the V5600, but then the HDMI live video output from the 5D Mark II is only 480P, so most of that video res is wasted anyway.  We will do a more in-depth review of this screen in a future article.  You can see this dispay here:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B0022WRZ1G?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=camdoj-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=9325&amp;creativeASIN=B0022WRZ1G"> Ikan V8000HDe 8&#8243; TFT LCD Monitor with DV Battery Plate, 16:9 and 4:3 Switchable Aspect Ratios</a><img style="border:none !important; margin:0px !important;" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=camdoj-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B0022WRZ1G" border="0" alt="" width="1" height="1" /></p>
<p><strong>Video Light</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/iLED.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1731" title="iLED" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/iLED-200x124.jpg" alt="iLED" width="200" height="124" /></a>On-camera lighting is another nice thing to have to accent your shot&#8230; especially if doing live interviews.  With a rail system, you have more real estate to mount a larger light and battery pack on top of the rail system above the camera.  The ikan iLED 150 is a slick solution to put portable lighting on top of your rail system.  With 144 LED lights and adjustable brightness, the iLED 150 gives you a nice, controlled lighting solution that runs for hours on a single charge.  We will be doing a specific light review on this product in the near future.</p>
<p><strong>External Microphone</strong> &#8211; Rode Stereo VideoMic plus the Dead Kitten</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/StereoVideoMicsideways.jpeg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1732" title="StereoVideoMicsideways" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/StereoVideoMicsideways-200x129.jpg" alt="StereoVideoMicsideways" width="200" height="129" /></a>There are many ways you can go with audio with your 5D II (or 7D or any other DSLR).  One way would be to add an XLR adapter such as those from Beachtek.  These would allow you to hook up XLR microphones either to the rig or wireless or off a boom.  But there is another, much easier way to add a mic.  As the Canon 5D II and many other HD recording devices have mini-phono jacks as their only source of recording.  For this, a cold shoe mounted microphone with a mini-phono jack is often the ideal solution.  We used a Rode Stereo Videomic with a wind filter called a &#8220;DeadKitten&#8221;.  This unit attaches right to the hot shoe on the camera and plugs into the mini-phono input.  It is a powered mic, using a 9v battery, and it has some really nice features.  It is a stereo &#8220;shotgun&#8221; style site mic with X/Y configuration, which enables it to capture the true ambiance of the recording space.  This mic is said to be the world&#8217;s best selling stereo shotgun mic.  I will be doing a full review of this and several other Rodes mics in the coming weeks, but for now, you read some great reviews here:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B000I5W7K8?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=camdoj-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=9325&amp;creativeASIN=B000I5W7K8">Rode Microphones Stereo VideoMic On-Camera Microphone</a><img style="border:none !important; margin:0px !important;" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=camdoj-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000I5W7K8" border="0" alt="" width="1" height="1" /></p>
<p><strong>Putting It All Together:</strong></p>
<p>So, I have to say, putting this all together was the best part.  If you are like me and you like to tinker with things, this is a tinkerers dream. The system came in pieces and components ready to assemble.  I was a bit intimidated at first, but quickly dug into the project.  There were dozens of pieces to put together, but all was done with either thumb screws or allen wrenches that were included.</p>
<p><strong>First &#8211; the rails.</strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong>I started with the rails&#8230; two 12&#8243; long carbon fiber rods that are the backbone of the IndiRAILS system.  There are &#8220;blocks&#8221; that attach to the top and bottom of these rails and clamp down to hold the rails in place.  All it takes is 1 set of blocks and your rails are steady and firm.</p>
<p><strong>Second &#8211; the camera block</strong></p>
<p><strong></strong><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/camera-block1.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1724" title="camera-block" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/camera-block1-200x197.jpg" alt="camera-block" width="200" height="197" /></a>The first block to mount is the camera block.  This is where the camera mounts and is kind of the core of the rig.  The IndyRAILSpro camera block is adjustable vertically, so the Canon 5D with a battery grip can still be adjusted to a good height to work with the rest of the attachments.</p>
<p>Inside the camera block I have mounted the &#8220;C&#8221; shaped mounting bracket and carrying handle.  This is also a pretty recent addition to the product line-up (one that I think I had a little influence in creating) and is an important addition to the rig.  This handle not only allows me to mount my microphone and other gear above the camera, but it is a firm handle to help carry a rather awkward shaped rig around.</p>
<p><strong>Third &#8211; the Matte Box<br />
</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/matte-box.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1734" title="matte-box" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/matte-box-200x159.jpg" alt="matte-box" width="200" height="159" /></a>Next, I attached the indiMATTEpro matte box.  It also mounted with a block on the front, which added further stabilization to the rails.  The height of the matte box can be adjusted to match up properly with the lens height on the camera.  The side and top flags are easily adjustable and can be tightened into position.  The height is also adjustable so you can easily align the opening and masking height with the particular camera setup you have.</p>
<p><strong>Fourth &#8211; front handles</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/handles.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-thumbnail wp-image-1655" title="handles" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/handles-105x140.jpg" alt="handles" width="105" height="140" /></a>To give me something to hold onto, I next mounted the front handles to the rails.  These mounted to the rails with a block just like the Matte box mounts.  The handles are pretty flexible with good adjust-ability, and they lock down real tight when in position.  In a future article, I plan to mount a remote control for the camera to one of the handles to allow start and stop recording while on the move, as your hands tend to be pretty tied up while carrying all of this gear on your shoulder.</p>
<p><strong>Fifth &#8211; shoulder mount<br />
</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/shoulder.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1735" title="shoulder" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/shoulder-200x150.jpg" alt="shoulder" width="160" height="120" /></a>From here, I put on the shoulder mount.  This latest design of the shoulder assembly is pretty nice.  It is lighter weight than the last model and is more flexible in that you can easily switch which side of the rig you put it on and the length of the mount, as well as the angle from the rig and the angle to the shoulder.</p>
<p><strong>Sixth &#8211; follow focus</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/follow-focus.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1736" title="follow focus" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/follow-focus-200x150.jpg" alt="follow focus" width="200" height="150" /></a>The next item to add was the indiFOCUSpro.  This is probably the coolest addition to the rail system.  The issue with the 5D II and video is auto-focus&#8230; or the lack thereof.  And truthfully, you really don&#8217;t always want auto focus.  Selective focusing is much more dramatic and engrossing in your video production. The issue is that grabbing the lens to focus shakes the camera and is inaccurate.  The indiFOCUSpro comes with a large hand grip dial to allow you to focus more naturally.  It has a gearbox that drives gears to turn the lens.  It also has gear teethed rings to mount on the outside of your lens.<a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/follow-focus-ring.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1737" title="follow focus ring" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/follow-focus-ring-200x195.jpg" alt="follow focus ring" width="200" height="195" /></a> With the 6 simple adjustment points, it is easy to clamp the ring down on your lens.  It doesn&#8217;t have to be tight, and the alan screw tips are rounded as to not mark the lens.  But I went down to the local hardware store and spend $0.86 on some thread protectors and cut them down to fit on the threads.  This made me more comfortable tightening the screws down on my expensive lenses. You can see these (orange and red) in the photo to the right.</p>
<p>Once aligned and adjusted, the follow focus is a great tool for focusing the lens.  It also has a white back plate where you can mark your focus points with a grease pencil (included with the indiFOCUSpro).</p>
<p>At this point the rail system is ready to take out and use.  All of the gear mentioned above has been mounted to the rails and the camera installed.  Here are a few finished shots.</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/complete1.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-thumbnail wp-image-1657" title="complete1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/complete1-140x122.jpg" alt="complete1" width="140" height="122" /></a><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/complete2.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignleft size-thumbnail wp-image-1660" title="complete2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/complete2-140x114.jpg" alt="complete2" width="140" height="114" /></a><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/complete3.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-1659 alignnone" title="complete3" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/complete3-89x140.jpg" alt="complete3" width="89" height="140" /></a><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/complete4.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-1661 aligncenter" title="complete4" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/complete4-140x109.jpg" alt="complete4" width="140" height="109" /></a></p>
<p><strong>Cost</strong></p>
<p>If you have looked into these rail systems before, then you know how pricey they can get.  We studied the Redrock Micro system and Zacuto gear.  We were amazed at how fast you can spend $2.5k, $3k, $4k and more.  What really excited us about the indiSYSTEM from <a title="indiSYSTEMS" href="http://www.indifocus.com/" target="_blank">Studio4 Productions</a> is how reasonable the pricing is for their solution.  The complete indiSYSTEM setup I have shown in this article (not including additional electronics or camera &#8211; mic, screen, light, 5d, lens) was just a little over $1,200 at the time of writing this.  For those of us trying to break into video production, many cannot afford $3k or more to outfit our gear to get started in video.  This is something to truly consider when looking for a rail system.</p>
<p>There is a lot more reviewing to do here, as we need to show this rig in action.  But for now, it took me long enough to get all of this gear together.  I wanted to get a basic overview review of the indiSYSTEM components done so we could start to familiarize ourselves with using a rail system.</p>
<p>Stay tuned to see this rail system in operation and for reviews of the individual components.</p>
<p>Here are the websites for the manufacturers of products in this article:</p>
<ul>
<li><a title="Rail System" href="http://www.indifocus.com/">indiSYSTEM (Studio 4 productions)</a></li>
<li><a title="ikan lights and monitors" href="http://www.ikancorp.com/">ikan</a></li>
<li><a title="Rode Microphones" href="http://usa.rodemic.com/">R0DE Microphones</a></li>
<li><a title="Delkin Camera Screen Shades" href="http://www.delkin.com/">Delkin</a></li>
</ul>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1585&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/10/07/what-is-a-rail-system/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Think Tank Photo Airport TakeOff Review</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/10/04/think-tank-photo-airport-takeoff-review/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/10/04/think-tank-photo-airport-takeoff-review/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 04 Oct 2009 19:49:51 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Camera Bags]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[think tank photo]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Travel]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1674</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[For a little over a year now I have been using a Think Tank Photo Airport International 2.0 as my primary bag and a Think Tank Photo Shape Shifter bag for my travel bag. The ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/IMG_9712.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1695" title="IMG_9712" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/IMG_9712-200x200.jpg" alt="IMG_9712" width="200" height="200" /></a>For a little over a year now I have been using a Think Tank Photo <a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/06/19/think-tank-photo-airport-international-20-review/">Airport International 2.0</a> as my primary bag and a Think Tank Photo <a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/11/17/think-tank-photo-shapeshifter-backpack-review/">Shape Shifter</a> bag for my travel bag. The problem has been that my big bag has been too bulky was awkward for hauling my reflectors and I still needed to take my laptop bag with me. With the Shape Shifter bag I could take my laptop easily but was very limited on the amount of gear I could take. Think Tank Photo seems to have come up with an answer to this tradeoff with the new Airport TakeOff bag.</p>
<p><span id="more-1674"></span></p>
<h3>Features</h3>
<p>The new Think Tank Airport TakeOff is a new roller bag…no wait..its a backpack bag…no, it has wheels and and handle so it’s a roller…noooo…it has straps so its a backpack…ok, so maybe Think Tank Photo should have named this the FrankenBag or maybe the Schizophrenic. Regardless of the name, the Airport TakeOff is both a roller bag and a back pack. As we all know, usually when you try to make a hybrid of something, you end up with something that doesn’t do anything well. Knowing the folks at Think Tank Photo, our bet is that they managed to pull it off.</p>
<p>Designed to comply with international airline carry-on requirements, the <em>Airport TakeOff</em> accommodates pro-sized photography gear, including two pro or regular size DSLR bodies with or without lenses attached.  Its features include:</p>
<ul>
<li>Holds up to a 300mm f/2.8 and other assorted lenses</li>
<li>Quickly deployable and concealable backpack straps</li>
<li>Front cable and lock to secure laptops</li>
<li>Lockable zipper sliders</li>
<li>Transports tripods or monopods easily</li>
<li>Adjustable sternum straps for tailored usage</li>
<li>Holds Think Tank’s <em>Artificial Intelligence</em> <em>15</em> protective laptop case</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Specifications</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Internal Dimensions:  13”W x 18.4”H x 5.25-6.75”D (33 x 47 x 13 cm)</li>
<li>External Dimensions: 14”W x 21”h x 8”D (35.5 x 53 x 22 cm)</li>
<li>Weight: 8.6 – 10.3 (3.9 – 4.7 kg) depending on accessories used</li>
</ul>
<h3>Setup</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/IMG_9715.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1697" title="IMG_9715" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/IMG_9715-200x200.jpg" alt="IMG_9715" width="200" height="200" /></a>Like most Think Tank Photo bags, the insides have a virtually unlimited amount of flexibility and come with tons of pieces to allow you to create almost any configuration you would want. Included are same layouts for Nikon and Canon equipment or you can customize it to suite your needs.</p>
<p>For traveling, I want my bodies to be in the bag like their example, but going to a local wedding or engagement shoot I will have my primary body and lens outside the bag as I am always ready to get a shot right when I arrive or as I am leaving an event.</p>
<p>Regardless of how you want your setup to be, odds are you can manage to get there with the AirPort TakeOff.</p>
<h3>Usage</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/IMG_9713.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1696" title="IMG_9713" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/IMG_9713-200x200.jpg" alt="IMG_9713" width="200" height="200" /></a>At first glance, it appears that the TakeOff is a little smaller than the Airport International 2.0 although they are really both designed for international carry-on sizes. The main differences from the front is that the take-off has a very expandable front pocket with a latch while the Airport International 2.0 has a pocket but once you have any gear inside, the outside pocket is useless for anything fatter than a manila folder. Because of this, I have kept my reflectors in a bag outside of the Airport International 2.0. With the Airport TakeOff, I can fit two large reflectors in the pocket and still get my 14” laptop into it. Both bags allow me to strap my tripod to the outside securely and both roll easily while fully loaded with gear.</p>
<p>From the side you can see how the reflectors make the outside pocket bulge out in the front and I am a little bummed that the zipper lock from the Airport International 2.0 is missing from the Airport TakeOff. While there is a lock in a pocket under the front flap that can be used to lock the zipper, the cable isn’t long enough to lock the bag to something like you can with the Airport International 2.0. The ability to lock the bag securely and to lock it to a table or other immovable object is a a real win for the Airport International 2.0.</p>
<p>As a backpack, the TakeOff feels pretty balanced and the shoulder pads are comfortable and easily adjustable for different size people.</p>
<p>As for packing my gear into the TakeOff, I was surprised that I could actually fit everything into it very easily and although my 70-300mm won’t stand up in it, it still fit nicely and also made for a nice spot to put my Cable Management 10 on top of it. This is a typical wedding configuration with 4 lenses in the bag, a backup camera body, Lensbaby Composer, two flashes, video camera, light meter, filters, diffusers, grids, snoot, bounce card, cleaning cloths, Rocket Blower, Wolverine ESP backup system, SensorPen SensorLoupe, Canon CP-E4 Battery pack, roll of Gaffers tape, Pixel Pocket Rocket, as well as a stash of batteries, WhiBal card, cable releases, and a bottle of sunscreen. On the outside pocket I can fit my laptop, two large reflectors, and a tripod.</p>
<h3>Results</h3>
<p>Quality of a Think Tank bag is second to none, the zippers are the best quality, the seams and material are top-notch. Every single feature, pocket, corner, strap, D-Ring, and component has been chosen to provide a photographer with a camera bag that is going to hold up to the rigors of every day use. These are not cheap overseas bags. These bags are professional quality, so they do not come at cheap, eBay prices. With an MSRP of $299, even with discounted street prices, the Airport TakeOff is still going to be a fairly pricey investment but if you want a professional quality camera bag that is going to last years of hard-core daily use and help keep your gear is top shape, then its hard to go wrong with a bag from Think Tank Photo such as the AirPort TakeOff.</p>
<p><strong>Score Card</strong></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" width="144">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="88" valign="top"><strong>Features</strong></td>
<td width="54" align="center" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="88" valign="top"><strong>Setup:</strong></td>
<td width="54" align="center" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="88" valign="top"><strong>Usage:</strong></td>
<td width="54" align="center" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="88" valign="top"><strong>Results:</strong></td>
<td width="54" align="center" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="88" align="right" valign="top"><strong>Overall:</strong></td>
<td width="54" align="center" valign="top"><strong>5.0</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Think Tank Photo Website: <a href="http://thinktankphoto.com">http://thinktankphoto.com</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1674&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/10/04/think-tank-photo-airport-takeoff-review/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Delkin Snug-It Pro &#8211; Body Armor for Your Camera</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/09/13/delkin-snug-it-pro-body-armor-for-your-camera/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/09/13/delkin-snug-it-pro-body-armor-for-your-camera/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 13 Sep 2009 17:21:55 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera gear]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[canon 50d]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Delkin]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lcd screen protector]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Snug-It Pro]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1604</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[No matter how careful you are with your camera gear, the more you use it, the more likely you are to get the normal wear and tear, dings, nicks, and worn corners. But what if ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/09/snugit-1.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1605" title="Delkin Snug-It Pro" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/09/snugit-1-200x200.jpg" alt="Delkin Snug-It Pro" width="200" height="200" /></a>No matter how careful you are with your camera gear, the more you use it, the more likely you are to get the normal wear and tear, dings, nicks, and worn corners. But what if you could protect your camera from life&#8217;s inevitable little  signs of use. The Delkin Snug-It Pro aims to solve these problems by almost every piece of your camera in a rubberized coating.</p>
<p>I figured I would give it a try and see if I could keep my brand new Canon 50D looking brand new for a long time. <span id="more-1604"></span></p>
<h3>Features</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/09/snugit-2.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1606" title="Snug-It Pro Camera Armor" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/09/snugit-2-200x200.jpg" alt="Snug-It Pro Camera Armor" width="200" height="200" /></a>It&#8217;s kind of hard to come up with an extensive features for the Snug-It Pro since it really consists of three basics parts. First off there is an LCD screen protector that adheres to your screen to protect it from scratches whether or not you are using the Snug-It Pro cover.</p>
<p>The Snug-It Pro cover itself is a rubbery slip-cover that goes over your camera and also has a plastic LCD cover for further protection.</p>
<p>In the image to the right, what appear to be brown spots are just thinner areas of the Snug-it Pro cover to make getting the lenses off and so you can see the camera model. With the Snug-It Pro cover in place, you can still get to all of the controls and ports on the camera.</p>
<h3>Setup</h3>
<p>Setting up the Snug-It Pro is pretty simple. The first thing to do is clean your LCD really good so that the first screen protector will go on good and not have anything underneath it. I lined up one edge with the LCD screen and kind of rolled it into position. Using a microfiber cloth was able to rub out a couple of air bubbles easily.</p>
<p>Next, I took my lens off and put on a body cap to help keep any dust out, and then slid the Snug-It Pro down over the top of the camera and worked it into place. There is a video later on in this article showing how to use the Snug-It Pro.<a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/09/snugit-3.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1607" title="Delkin Snug-It Pro" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/09/snugit-3-200x200.jpg" alt="Delkin Snug-It Pro" width="200" height="200" /></a></p>
<h3>Usage</h3>
<p>There are some pros and cons to using the Snug-It Pro although most people are going to be pretty happy with it. The few things that are issues for me are because of how I use my camera. I am a pretty heavy shooter so I always have a battery grip on it. This creates a problem in that the Snug-It Pro wraps around the bottom of the camera preventing a good fit with the battery grip causing the camera to not want to power on. A little trimming of some of the bottom allowed me to be able to get the grip on and working, but this caused another issue of the Snug-It Pro bulging a little making closing the CF card door difficult. Again, this is only going to be a problem if you use a battery grip. If you don&#8217;t, then you won&#8217;t have these same issues.</p>
<p>A second issue I have is that the top of the Snug-It Pro slides into the Hot Shoe mount which causes an issue if you use an accessory flash since you then have to pull out the top of the Snug-It Pro which causes it to bend backwards awkwardly. The last thing that is a little annoying is that the plastic LCD cover can tend to move around sometimes.</p>
<h3><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/09/snugit-4.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1608" title="Delkin Snug-It Pro" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/09/snugit-4-200x200.jpg" alt="Delkin Snug-It Pro" width="200" height="200" /></a>Results</h3>
<p>Issues aside, the Snug-It Pro does what it is supposed to do and while it isn&#8217;t going to protect your camera from a long drop onto the sidewalk, it is going to keep your camera looking good for a long time.</p>
<p>At a street price of $34.95, the Snug-It Pro offers really good external protection of your camera although it may not be suitable for all shooters. If you use a battery grip or an accessory flash and you want to use the Snug-It Pro then you may end up doing a little cutting to make it fit your style better, but seeing as how trimming it up isn&#8217;t a major ordeal, I am not going to ding my grade on it too harshly for that.</p>
<h3>Video</h3>
<p>The following video shows putting the Snug-It Pro on the camera and talks about some of the pros and cons as I have talked about them in this article.</p>
<p><object classid="clsid:d27cdb6e-ae6d-11cf-96b8-444553540000" width="560" height="340" codebase="http://download.macromedia.com/pub/shockwave/cabs/flash/swflash.cab#version=6,0,40,0"><param name="allowFullScreen" value="true" /><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always" /><param name="src" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/heRSV3tNok0&amp;hl=en&amp;fs=1&amp;color1=0xe1600f&amp;color2=0xfebd01&amp;hd=1" /><param name="allowfullscreen" value="true" /><embed type="application/x-shockwave-flash" width="560" height="340" src="http://www.youtube.com/v/heRSV3tNok0&amp;hl=en&amp;fs=1&amp;color1=0xe1600f&amp;color2=0xfebd01&amp;hd=1" allowscriptaccess="always" allowfullscreen="true"></embed></object></p>
<h3>Score Card</h3>
<table border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Features:</strong></td>
<td>5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Setup:</strong></td>
<td>5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Usage:</strong></td>
<td>3.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Results:</strong></td>
<td>5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Overall:</strong></td>
<td><strong>4.6</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3>Related Links</h3>
<p>Delkin: <a href="http://delkin.com">http://delkin.com</a><br />
Snug-It Pro Product Page:<a href="http://www.delkin.com/products/snug-it-pro/snug-it-pro.html"> http://www.delkin.com/products/snug-it-pro/snug-it-pro.html</a><br />
Snug-It Pro on Amazon: <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B002DODQJI?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=l7foto-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B002DODQJI">Delkin Snug It Pro Skin </a><img style="border:none !important; margin:0px !important;" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=l7foto-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B002DODQJI" border="0" alt="" width="1" height="1" /></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1604&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/09/13/delkin-snug-it-pro-body-armor-for-your-camera/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Trek-Tech TrekPod XL Review</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/08/23/trek-tech-trekpod-xl-review/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/08/23/trek-tech-trekpod-xl-review/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 24 Aug 2009 02:54:28 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monopod]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Trek-Tech]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TrekPod]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tripod]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1577</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[What do you get if you cross a walking stick, a monopod, and a tripod? You get a TrekPod. Think of the TreckPod as the ultimate travel tripod and the XL model is the Ferrari of the TrekPod models being made of lightweight carbon fiber and with the MagMount ball head, weighs in at only 22.5 oz]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/trek5.jpg"></a><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/trekpod-1.jpg"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1743" title="trekpod-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/trekpod-1-200x133.jpg" alt="trekpod-1" width="200" height="133" /></a> What do you get if you cross a walking stick, a monopod, and a tripod? You get a TrekPod. Think of the TrekPod as the ultimate travel tripod and the XL model is the Ferrari of the TrekPod models being made of lightweight carbon fiber and with the MagMount ball head, weighs in at only 22.5 oz.</p>
<p>The TrekPod XL is adjustable from 39” to 62.5” and can handle camera gear weighing up to 13.5 pounds, making the TrekPod XL an extremely versatile unit.</p>
<p><span id="more-1577"></span></p>
<h3>Summary</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/trekpod-2.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1744" title="trekpod-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/trekpod-2-200x133.jpg" alt="trekpod-2" width="200" height="133" /></a>The TrekPod is part monopod and part tripod which isn’t really the first of its kind but Trek-Tech has done a pretty good job of creating a really usable hybrid. Like any device that is a hybrid of two other products there are some compromises that need to be made to combine the benefits of each into one new product, the big question is if Trek-Tech was able to bring the strengths of a tripod and monopod together without sacrificing too much.</p>
<h3>Features</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/trekpod-3.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1745" title="trekpod-3" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/trekpod-3-133x200.jpg" alt="trekpod-3" width="133" height="200" /></a>The TrekPod XL is made from carbon fiber, high strength polymers, and stainless steel to create a high quality, heavy duty, and super ultra lightweight unit. Unlike most monopods, the TrekPod XL breaks down into four pieces that fit nicely into the included travel bag that is small enough to fit into almost any suitcase or carry-on bag.</p>
<p><strong>Specifications</strong></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" width="300">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="172" valign="top">Warranty:</td>
<td width="128" valign="top">Limited Lifetime</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="172" valign="top">Weight w/MagMount:</td>
<td width="128" valign="top">17 ounces</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="172" valign="top">Height Range (tripod)</td>
<td width="128" valign="top">39” – 57.5”</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="172" valign="top">Height Range (monopod)</td>
<td width="128" valign="top">42.5” – 62.5”</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="172" valign="top">Max Load (tripod)</td>
<td width="128" valign="top">13.5 pounds</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="172" valign="top">Max Load (Hiking)</td>
<td width="128" valign="top">~200 pounds</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="172" valign="top">Open Leg Diameter</td>
<td width="128" valign="top">22”</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3>Usage</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/trekpod-4.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1746" title="trekpod-4" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/trekpod-4-200x133.jpg" alt="trekpod-4" width="200" height="133" /></a>At first glance I wondered if there was any right or wrong way to assemble the TrekPod but it turns out there is only one way that the system can be put together and it only takes a few seconds to figure out which ends go together. At a little over a pound, the TrekPod XL is exceptionally light which, while great for hiking or traveling, can be a negative since with about half of the leg spread of a medium tripod, stability can be an issue. I wouldn&#8217;t put my camera on top of the TrekPod if there is any wind. Secondly, since you can’t adjust the legs like a regular tripod, you cant stand it up straight on an uneven surface. Then again, the TrekPod isn’t a tripod, its more like a monopod with pop-out legs.</p>
<p>The MagMount is a very unique feature of all of the Trek-Tech products The MagMount uses a pair of high-strengh Rare Earth Neodymium Magnets to hold the camera to the ball mount.</p>
<p>Although tests showed that just the magnets would probably be sufficient for almost any setup, the bottom section has a small clamp that swings around to give you a little more piece of mind.</p>
<p>The TrekPod XL comes with two different attachments, the “jagged” version shown in the image here that is tightened down with an included Allen wrench and a smooth version that has a knurled outside for hand-tightening.</p>
<p>The ballhead moves smoothly and locks with a large paddle which also locks down the rotation of the ballhead.</p>
<h3>Setup</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/trekpod-5.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1747" title="trekpod-5" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/trekpod-5-200x133.jpg" alt="trekpod-5" width="200" height="133" /></a>The TrekPod comes in four pieces that fit together. The leg piece has a threaded top that the first tube (the one with the TrekPod XL logo on it) attaches to. The second piece, the tube with the foam handle on the top, slides into the lower tube. Finally, the top tube section, the piece with the ballhead on it, slides into the top of the tube with the foam handle.</p>
<p>All that’s left is to take one of the attachment points and screw it into the tripod mount on your camera, pop it onto the top of the MagMount and flip the lock into position.</p>
<p>The entire build process takes about 20 seconds so its really quick to setup and start using. This means the TrekPod is useful more more than just your camera. For me, I have been looking for a quick to setup and light-weight light stand for use with my speedlites and the TrekPod is just about perfect for this. If the plastic cap actually had an umbrella hole and a hot shoe mount, it would pretty much be ideal (hint hint Scott and Ken).</p>
<h3>Results</h3>
<p>As I said earlier, anytime you take two diverse products and create a hybrid, you have to compromise somewhere. On the other hand, if you look at the TrekPod as a monopod with pop-out legs, then it does that job very well and it can be used in some places that you wouldn&#8217;t have enough room to setup a tripod. If you have an angled or uneven surface, well, at least you can use it as a tripod. In thinking about this, something like the ballhead to connect the legs to the first tube might allow more varied surfaces but would also negatively impact the price. With the TrekPod XL running around <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B001BIW7NS?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=l7foto-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B001BIW7NS" target="_blank">$360 at Amazon</a> ($399.99 list), and a high-end carbon fiber monopod being around $200 with a good ballhead running around $120, you are going to pay a little bit of a premium for the TrekPod XL’s design and tripod legs, not bad when compared to a high-end monopod.</p>
<p>If you want to save some money, you can get the TrekPod Go! PRO which is made of aluminum and is a little heavier, but will only ding you for <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B001T0IC8W?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=voipspeak-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B001T0IC8W" target="_blank">$179.99 at Amazon</a> ($229.99 list). If the ability to break it down so much isn’t such an issue, you can really save some money with the Trek-Tech TrekPod II for only <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B0016SAYCE?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=voipspeak-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B0016SAYCE" target="_blank">$74.17 at Amazon</a> ($99.99 list). So regardless of your budget, there is a TrekPod for you. You will be quite happy with a TrekPod if you think of it as a replacement for a monopod instead of a replacement for a tripod. For me, the TrekPod XL fills a need I have had for a lightweight stand that can be used for a camera or a light but takes up less room than a tripod or light stand.</p>
<p><object classid="clsid:d27cdb6e-ae6d-11cf-96b8-444553540000" width="560" height="340" codebase="http://download.macromedia.com/pub/shockwave/cabs/flash/swflash.cab#version=6,0,40,0"><param name="allowFullScreen" value="true" /><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always" /><param name="src" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/Waafg7xnKXc&amp;hl=en&amp;fs=1&amp;rel=0&amp;color1=0xe1600f&amp;color2=0xfebd01" /><param name="allowfullscreen" value="true" /><embed type="application/x-shockwave-flash" width="560" height="340" src="http://www.youtube.com/v/Waafg7xnKXc&amp;hl=en&amp;fs=1&amp;rel=0&amp;color1=0xe1600f&amp;color2=0xfebd01" allowscriptaccess="always" allowfullscreen="true"></embed></object></p>
<p><strong>Score Card</strong></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" width="167">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="88" valign="top"><strong>Features:</strong></td>
<td width="77" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="88" valign="top"><strong>Setup:</strong></td>
<td width="77" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="88" valign="top"><strong>Usage:</strong></td>
<td width="77" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="88" valign="top"><strong>Results:</strong></td>
<td width="77" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="88" valign="top"><strong>Price:</strong></td>
<td width="77" valign="top">3.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="88" valign="top"><strong>Overall:</strong></td>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>4.7</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Trek-Tech: <a title="http://www.trek-tech.com" href="http://www.trek-tech.com">http://www.trek-tech.com</a><br />
TrekPod XL: <a title="http://www.trek-tech.com/products/trekpods.html" href="http://www.trek-tech.com/products/trekpods.html">http://www.trek-tech.com/products/trekpods.html</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1577&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/08/23/trek-tech-trekpod-xl-review/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Phottix Cleon I/II Wireless Camera Triggers</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/07/31/phottix-cleon-iii-wireless-camera-triggers/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/07/31/phottix-cleon-iii-wireless-camera-triggers/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2009 19:00:35 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Videos]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cable releases]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cleon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Phottix]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wireless remotes]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1519</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[ I am a big fan of using a cable release on a camera to make sure you aren’t introducing any camera shake into the image. Phottix has recently released their Cleon Wireless Remotes and ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/cleon1.jpg"><img style="border-right-width: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; margin-left: 0px; border-left-width: 0px; margin-right: 0px" title="cleon-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/cleon1_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="cleon-1" width="248" height="168" align="right" /></a> I am a big fan of using a cable release on a camera to make sure you aren’t introducing any camera shake into the image. Phottix has recently released their Cleon Wireless Remotes and being a user of the previous model for almost two years now, I was really looking forward to seeing what they did with the new designs.</p>
<p><span id="more-1519"></span></p>
<h3>Summary</h3>
<p>With modern DSLR’s, these cable releases have become electronic triggers with the remotes being able to perform all kinds of additional functions. More often than not, all I need is just a simple push-button remote to fire my camera and so I have used a <a href="http://cameradojo.com/2007/11/01/phottix-wireless-remote-control-review/">Phottix Wireless Remote</a> for almost two years now. In fact, the only reason it wasn’t featured in recent photo shoot tutorials is because the battery in the transmitter is dead and I have been too lazy to go buy a replacement.</p>
<p>Fortunately, Phottix has come to the rescue and come out with an all-new wireless remote, saving me the hassle of buying a simple battery.The Cleon I and Cleon II are newer wireless remotes to replace the original one. We need to see if the new systems are better than the original.</p>
<h3>Features</h3>
<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/cleon4.jpg"><img style="border-right-width: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; margin-left: 0px; border-left-width: 0px; margin-right: 0px" title="cleon-4" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/cleon4_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="cleon-4" width="272" height="192" align="right" /></a> The Cleon I and II are very similar with the primary differences (more on this later) being that the Cleon II has a 2 second delay timer built in and the Cleon II uses the same receiver for each camera with interchangeable cables for the specific camera you are using. The Cleon I had the camera cable hardwired to the receiver.</p>
<p><strong>Specifications</strong></p>
<table style="width: 426px; height: 163px;" border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" width="426">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top"></td>
<td width="133" align="center" valign="top">Transmitter</td>
<td width="133" align="center" valign="top">Receiver</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="133" valign="top">Power</td>
<td width="133" align="center" valign="top">12v</td>
<td width="133" align="center" valign="top">3v</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="133" valign="top">Battery Life</td>
<td width="133" align="center" valign="top">~ 3 Years</td>
<td width="133" align="center" valign="top">20,000 cycles</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="133" valign="top">Channels</td>
<td colspan="2" width="266" align="center" valign="top">Smart Code System with 16,000,000 codes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="133" valign="top">Range</td>
<td colspan="2" width="266" align="center" valign="top">100m (320ft) unobstructed</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="133" valign="top">Monitor Lights</td>
<td width="133" align="center" valign="top">Two Color LED</td>
<td width="133" align="center" valign="top">Two Color LEDs</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="133" valign="top">Frequency</td>
<td colspan="2" width="233" align="center" valign="top">433 Mhz</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Differences between Cleon I and II</strong></p>
<p>As I said there are some other differences between the Cleon I and Cleon II, the following chart will outline all of the differences between the two models.</p>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" width="530">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="174" valign="top"></td>
<td width="158" valign="top">Cleon I</td>
<td width="196" valign="top">Cleon II</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="174" valign="top">Frequency</td>
<td width="158" valign="top">315Mhz</td>
<td width="196" valign="top">433Mhz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="174" valign="top">Channels</td>
<td width="158" valign="top">16 (Dip Switches)</td>
<td width="196" valign="top">16,000,000 Smart Code System</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="174" valign="top">Receiver / Camera Connection</td>
<td width="158" valign="top">Hard wired cable</td>
<td width="196" valign="top">Removable cable w/2.5mm plug</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="174" valign="top">Transmitter Antenna Length</td>
<td width="158" valign="top">75mm</td>
<td width="196" valign="top">125mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="174" valign="top">2 Second Delay</td>
<td width="158" valign="top">On Receiver</td>
<td width="196" valign="top">On Transmitter</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="174" valign="top">5 Frame Burst</td>
<td width="158" valign="top">Not Available</td>
<td width="196" valign="top">On Transmitter</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="174" valign="top">Receiver Power Switch</td>
<td width="158" valign="top">4-position slide switch</td>
<td width="196" valign="top">Push switch for 3 seconds</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="174" valign="top">Exit bulb mode</td>
<td width="158" valign="top">1/2 Press on transmitter</td>
<td width="196" valign="top">1/2 or Full Press on transmitter</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="174" valign="top"></td>
<td width="158" valign="top"></td>
<td width="196" valign="top"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3>Setup</h3>
<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/cleon3.jpg"><img style="border-right-width: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; margin-left: 0px; border-left-width: 0px; margin-right: 0px" title="cleon-3" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/cleon3_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="cleon-3" width="248" height="168" align="right" /></a> The Cleon II should be ready to go right out of the box which mine was. If you need to synchronize the transmitter and receiver you just need to follow these simple steps:</p>
<p>To synchronize the receiver to the transmitter:</p>
<ul>
<li>turn receiver on by holding down &#8220;set/power&#8221; button for ~3 seconds until RHS LED turns on</li>
<li>press &#8220;set/power&#8221; button on receiver 5 times until LED on left hand side flashes red</li>
<li>press shutter button on transmitter</li>
<li>LED on left hand side of receiver should turn off</li>
</ul>
<h3>Usage</h3>
<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/cleon2.jpg"><img style="border-right-width: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; margin-left: 0px; border-left-width: 0px; margin-right: 0px" title="cleon-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/cleon2_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="cleon-2" width="248" height="168" align="right" /></a> As much as I have liked having a wireless remote for the past two years, more often than not I was using it within a foot of the camera. With the Cleon remotes, the receiver can be used as a wired remote. The nice part about this configuration is that the receiver does not have to be turned on for the wired function to work. For me, I will use it in the wired configuration quite a bit which should significantly improve the battery life.</p>
<p>To use the wireless mode you hold down the set/power button on the receiver for three seconds to turn it on. On the receiver, move the slide switch to the desired position:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>S/B</strong> &#8211; single exposures or bulb mode (hold transmitter button down for 3 seconds to lock the shutter open in bulb mode)</li>
<li><strong>2S</strong> &#8211; single exposure with about 2 second delay</li>
<li><strong>multiple exposures</strong> – Automatically takes 5 exposures</li>
</ul>
<p>Once set, push the button 1/2 way to focus and all the way to take the picture. It doesn’t get much easier than that.</p>
<h3>Results</h3>
<p>The Cleon system simply works great. At about $36 its hard to beat the price for a wired and wireless remote system. It doesn’t have some of the features of higher end remote like interval settings, longer delay settings, and time lapse, but that’s not what it is designed for. The only negative thing I have to say at all is that I simply could not get the advertised range out of it. The best I could get was about 120 feet. Now granted, I have never needed to be 120 feet from my camera when taking a picture and if that would have been the advertised range I would have accepted it. However, since the claimed range is around 300 feet, I am going to drop the final score down in the ratings for that. Otherwise the system is flawless and I would highly recommend it.</p>
<p><object classid="clsid:d27cdb6e-ae6d-11cf-96b8-444553540000" width="560" height="340" codebase="http://download.macromedia.com/pub/shockwave/cabs/flash/swflash.cab#version=6,0,40,0"><param name="allowFullScreen" value="true" /><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always" /><param name="src" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/Ui8nfw0Bvzs&amp;hl=en&amp;fs=1&amp;rel=0" /><param name="allowfullscreen" value="true" /><embed type="application/x-shockwave-flash" width="560" height="340" src="http://www.youtube.com/v/Ui8nfw0Bvzs&amp;hl=en&amp;fs=1&amp;rel=0" allowscriptaccess="always" allowfullscreen="true"></embed></object></p>
<p><strong>Score Card</strong></p>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" width="150">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="80" valign="top"><strong>Features</strong></td>
<td width="68" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="80" valign="top"><strong>Setup</strong></td>
<td width="68" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="80" valign="top"><strong>Usage</strong></td>
<td width="68" valign="top">3.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="80" valign="top"><strong>Results</strong></td>
<td width="68" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="80" valign="top"><strong>Price</strong></td>
<td width="68" valign="top">5.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="80" align="right" valign="top"><strong>Overall</strong></td>
<td width="68" valign="top">4.5</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Phottix Website: <a href="http://phottix.net">http://phottix.net</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1519&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/07/31/phottix-cleon-iii-wireless-camera-triggers/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>DSLR Remote Pro &#8211; Revisiting an old friend</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/07/20/dslr-remote-pro-revisiting-an-old-friend/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/07/20/dslr-remote-pro-revisiting-an-old-friend/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2009 11:00:32 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[dslr remote pro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lightroom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[remote]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tethered shooting]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1505</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you have been a fan of Camera Dojo for a while you will have seen mentions of Breeze Systems’ DSLR Remote Pro. DSLR Remote Pro at its basics is a tool for doing tethered shooting, so what right? The Canon EOS Utility can do that, so why would we want to spend close to $100 for software that comes free with your camera? Let’s take a fresh look at what all DSLR Remote Pro can do for you.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/dslrremote_main.jpg"><img style="border-right-width: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; margin-left: 0px; border-left-width: 0px; margin-right: 0px" title="dslrremote_main" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/dslrremote_main_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="dslrremote_main" width="260" height="164" align="right" /></a> If you have been a fan of Camera Dojo for a while you will have seen mentions of Breeze Systems’ DSLR Remote Pro. DSLR Remote Pro at its basics is a tool for doing tethered shooting, so what right? The Canon EOS Utility can do that, so why would we want to spend close to $100 for software that comes free with your camera? Let’s take a fresh look at what all DSLR Remote Pro can do for you.</p>
<p><span id="more-1505"></span></p>
<h3>Features</h3>
<p>As we have already said, the core purpose of DSLR Remote Pro is to allow for tethered shooting. While that seems like a pretty trivial thing, its all of the extra things that DSLR Remote Pro brings to the table.</p>
<ul>
<li>Take control of your Canon DSLR camera from your PC (<a href="http://www.breezesys.com/DSLRRemotePro/features.htm#cameras">supported models</a>)</li>
<li>Retain full control from the camera</li>
<li>Photos automatically downloaded to the PC and displayed in a large preview window</li>
<li>Large high quality live view display on the  PC with live histogram, autofocus and intuitive manual focusing using mouse wheel with Canon EOS 40D, Canon EOS 50D, Canon EOS 500D/Rebel T1i, Canon EOS 450D/Rebel XSi, Canon EOS 1000D/Rebel XS, Canon EOS 5D Mark II, Canon EOS-1Ds Mark III or Canon EOS-1D Mark III</li>
<li>Photos are saved on the PC&#8217;s hard disk and can also be saved on the memory card in the camera</li>
<li>Full size preview window can display a critical area of the photo e.g. the eyes and face of your model during a portrait shoot</li>
<li>Flashing highlight display to highlight over exposed areas</li>
<li>Grid overlay display for accurate alignment of studio shots. The size and color of the grid is user definable</li>
<li>Color management and sharpening options for more accurate display of preview images</li>
<li>Auto bracketing of up to 15 shots ideal for HDR images, interior shots and product photography</li>
<li>Timed bulb exposures controlled from the PC &#8211; ideal for astronomy (Canon EOS-1Ds Mark III, EOS-1D Mark III, EOS 5D Mark II, EOS 40D, EOS 50D, EOS 500D/Rebel T1i, EOS 450D/Rebel XSi and EOS 1000D/Rebel XS only)</li>
<li>Focus point overlay display for more precise control of auto focus</li>
<li>Automatic screen blank option &#8211; blanks the screen before taking a photo so that the light from the PC display doesn’t affect the subject lighting</li>
<li>Fullscreen mode for large, uncluttered display of images</li>
<li>Automatic edit option &#8211; automatically loads the image after downloading into the editor or program of your choice</li>
<li>Automatically stores a short comment in the shooting data of images for easy identification e.g. the person’s name when taking id photos. The comment can also be used for the image filename to make it easier to identify images when taking product shots, school portraits etc.</li>
<li>Automatically stores IPTC data in images as they are downloaded</li>
<li>Time-Lapse feature which allows the number of photos in a sequence and the interval between shots to be specified.</li>
</ul>
<h3>Stack it and Bracket</h3>
<p>Typically if you want an exposure bracket for HDR images you are limited to the camera’s 3 shot bracket. While three shots is often sufficient, there are times you really want to use more images, with DSLR Remote Pro you can do bracket sequences using either shutter speed or aperture of up to 15 shots. Using tools like PhotoMatix, you can get really incredible results when using larger groups of images.</p>
<p>Another interesting thing you can do with multiple images is called focus stacking. With Focus Stacking you take a series of images of the same object with the focus positioned at different points. When you combine the images you can achieve a super sharp image with a longer depth of field. Photoshop CS4 now has this ability and there are some free tools that can do the processing as well. To use Focus Stacking you actually need a script that will automate some of the steps in DSLR Remote Pro. If you are interested in this functionality, read more about it at <a title="http://www.breezesys.com/DSLRRemotePro/focus_stacking.htm" href="http://www.breezesys.com/DSLRRemotePro/focus_stacking.htm">http://www.breezesys.com/DSLRRemotePro/focus_stacking.htm</a>.</p>
<h3>Live and in Color!</h3>
<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/liveview.jpg"><img style="border-right-width: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; margin-left: 0px; border-left-width: 0px; margin-right: 0px" title="liveview" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/liveview_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="liveview" width="264" height="195" align="right" /></a> With the newer Canon cameras that support Live View, a whole realm of possibilities is opened up to you since you can display full-screen Live View with a live histogram. The Live View mode also allows you to zoom into the frame at 100% magnification to ensure that your focus is dead on. This is exceptionally useful when doing macro, product, or food photography.</p>
<p>What’s really unique is the ability to do autofocus while in Live View mode. Hitting Ctrl-F will perform a contrast detection routine that may be a little slow but is usually quite good. This however will not work well with moving objects.</p>
<p>Another interesting feature is Onion Skinning. Onion Skinning is a term that is used in animation to be able to see an overlay of the previous image in order to draw a smooth animation. With DSLR Remote Pro in Live View mode you can load in another image or the previous image in order to get precise alignment. This is good for stop motion animation or to accurately align images for panoramas.</p>
<h3>Step into my booth</h3>
<p>One thing you really wouldn’t expect from a program like this is the Photo Booth mode since there are a handful of companies that make specific photobooth software. With DSLR Remote Pro you can setup a nice photobooth station, even build a whole booth around it, and offer prints right after a series of images are taken. This can be a fun option to offer your clients at different events.</p>
<h3>Integrating with Lightroom</h3>
<p>Since Adobe Photoshop Lightroom doesn’t have direct tethering ability at this time, the next best thing is to use DSLR Remote Pro and Lightroom together. Lightroom has a feature that allows it to watch a folder and import any files that it sees show up in the folder. This allows you to take full advantage of all of DSLR Remote Pro’s features while having the images go into Lightroom automatically.</p>
<h3>Summary</h3>
<p>If you want to take tethered shooting to the next level than DSLR Remote Pro is probably worth looking into. The only real downside is that you are limited to the length of cable between the camera and the computer. For $95 you pick up a ton of functionality that the free EOS Utility doesn’t have. For my own studio shooting, I rely heavily on DSLR Remote Pro and as it continues to evolve it just keeps getting better and better.</p>
<p>Breeze Systems Website: <a title="http://www.breezesys.com" href="http://www.breezesys.com">http://www.breezesys.com</a></p>
<div id="scid:0767317B-992E-4b12-91E0-4F059A8CECA8:479c9616-3b99-4d03-a498-d96df0ee7297" class="wlWriterEditableSmartContent" style="padding-bottom: 0px; margin: 0px; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; display: inline; float: none; padding-top: 0px">Technorati Tags: <a rel="tag" href="http://technorati.com/tags/tethered+shooting">tethered shooting</a>,<a rel="tag" href="http://technorati.com/tags/dslr+remote+pro">dslr remote pro</a>,<a rel="tag" href="http://technorati.com/tags/adobe">adobe</a>,<a rel="tag" href="http://technorati.com/tags/lightroom">lightroom</a>,<a rel="tag" href="http://technorati.com/tags/live+view">live view</a></div>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1505&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/07/20/dslr-remote-pro-revisiting-an-old-friend/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Canon EOS 50D Review</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/18/canon-eos-50d-review/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/18/canon-eos-50d-review/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 19 Jun 2009 03:00:32 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[50D]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[canon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSLR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[eos]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ISO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[noise]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[raw]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[sensor]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1449</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[While the Canon EOS 5D Mark II has been getting all the hype since it’s release. However, the 50D which came out about the same time has been getting virtually zero publicity because of it’s bigger brothers full-frame sensor and video capabilities. So let’s take a good look at the EOS 50D and see if it is really worth an upgrade or if its just a minor refresh of the previous 40D.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/50D_Kit1.jpg"><img style="border-right-width: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; margin-left: 0px; border-left-width: 0px; margin-right: 0px" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/50D_Kit_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="" width="204" height="158" align="right" /></a> While the <a href="http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/19/canon-eos-5d-mk-ii-hands-on-impressions/">Canon EOS 5D Mark II</a> has been getting all the hype since it’s release. However, the 50D which came out about the same time has been getting virtually zero publicity because of it’s bigger brothers full-frame sensor and video capabilities. So let’s take a good look at the EOS 50D and see if it is really worth an upgrade or if its just a minor refresh of the previous 40D.</p>
<h3><span id="more-1449"></span>Overview</h3>
<p>The Canon EOS 50D is a 15.1 megapixel DSLR with an APS-C sized sensor. The 50D is available in a body-only or as a kit with a 28-135mm f/4-f/5.6 IS lens. If you are getting into a DSLR for the first time, the kit lens is actually a really nice general purpose lens which, by itself, sells for $410 making the kit with the lens a really good bargain.</p>
<h3>Features</h3>
<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/50d_front1.jpg"><img style="border-right-width: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; margin-left: 0px; border-left-width: 0px; margin-right: 0px" title="50d_front" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/50d_front_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="50d_front" width="244" height="227" align="right" /></a> As already mentioned, the 50D features 15.1 megapixels, built-in sensor cleaner, ISO ranges from 100 – 6400. Besides some better overall specs, what really makes 50D different from previous models is the high resolution LCD display. With a large LCD with high resolution you can really see when an image is clear and sharp. Another enhancement over previous models is face detection when in Live View mode to help focus on individual faces.</p>
<h5>Product Features</h5>
<ul>
<li>15.1-megapixel CMOS sensor with improved noise reduction</li>
<li>Enhanced Live View shooting includes Face Detection Live mode</li>
<li>New Lens Peripheral Illumination Correction setting; HDMI output</li>
<li>Capture images to Compact Flash Type I or II memory cards (not included)</li>
</ul>
<h5><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/50d_back1.jpg"><img style="border-right-width: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; margin-left: 0px; border-left-width: 0px; margin-right: 0px" title="50d_back" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/50d_back_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="50d_back" width="244" height="185" align="right" /></a> Technical Details</h5>
<ul>
<li><strong>Camera type: </strong>Digital single-lens reflex AF/AE camera with built-in flash</li>
<li><strong>Image sensor size: </strong>22.3 x 14.9mm</li>
<li><strong>Compatible lenses: </strong>Canon EF lenses (including EF-S lenses)</li>
<li><strong>Lens mount: </strong>Canon EF</li>
<li><strong>Sensor type: </strong>High-sensitivity, high-resolution, large single-plate CMOS sensor</li>
<li><strong>Effective pixels: </strong>Approximately 15.10 megapixels</li>
<li><strong>Aspect ratio: </strong>3:2 (horizontal: vertical)</li>
<li><strong>Color filter system: </strong>RGB primary color filters</li>
<li><strong>Low-pass filter: </strong>Fixed position in front of CMOS sensor</li>
<li><strong><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/50d_left1.jpg"><img style="border-right-width: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; margin-left: 0px; border-left-width: 0px; margin-right: 0px" title="50d_left" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/50d_left_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="50d_left" width="244" height="223" align="right" /></a> Dust deletion feature: </strong>Yes</li>
<li><strong>Recording format: </strong>Design rule for camera file system 2.0</li>
<li><strong>Image type: </strong>JPEG, RAW (14-bit Canon original), sRAW, RAW+JPEG</li>
<li><strong>File size: </strong>Large/fine: 5 MB (4752 x 3168); large/normal: 2.5 MB (4752 x 3168); medium/fine: 3 MB (3456 x 2304); medium/normal: 1.6 MB (3456 x 2304); small/fine: 1.7 MB (2352 x 1568); small/normal: 0.9 MB (2352 x 1568); RAW: 20.2 MB (4752 x 3168); RAW+large/fine: 20.2+5 MB (4752 x 3168); sRAW 1: 12.6 MB (3267 x 2178), sRAW 2: 9.2 MB (2376 x 1584); sRAW 2+large/fine: 9.2+5 MB (2376 x 1584)</li>
<li><strong>Color space: </strong>sRGB, Adobe RGB</li>
<li><strong>Picture style: </strong>Portrait, landscape, neutral, faithful, monochrome, user defined 1-3</li>
<li><strong>Image processing type: </strong>Auto, daylight, shade, cloudy, tungsten light, white fluorescent light, flash, custom, color temperature setting</li>
<li><strong>Auto white balance: </strong>Auto white balance with image sensor</li>
<li><strong><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/50D_right1.jpg"><img style="border-right-width: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; margin-left: 0px; border-left-width: 0px; margin-right: 0px" title="50D_right" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/50D_right_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="50D_right" width="244" height="223" align="right" /></a> Color temperature compensation: </strong>White balance correction: +/-9 stops in full-stop increments; white balance bracketing: +/-3 stops in full-stop increments</li>
<li><strong>Viewfinder type: </strong>Eye-level pentaprism</li>
<li><strong>Coverage: </strong>Approximately 0.95x (-1m with 50mm lens at infinity)</li>
<li><strong>Eyepoint: </strong>Approximately 22mm</li>
<li><strong>Focusing screen: </strong>Interchangeable (Ef-D: grid lines, EF-S: point of focus, EF-A: standard focusing screen)</li>
<li><strong>Mirror: </strong>Quick-return half mirror</li>
<li><strong>Depth-of-field preview: </strong>Yes</li>
<li><strong>Autofocus type: </strong>TTL-CT-SIR AF-dedicated CMOS sensor</li>
<li><strong>AF points: </strong>9</li>
<li><strong>Metering range: </strong>EV 0.5 to 18</li>
<li><strong>Focusing modes: </strong>Auto, one-shot AF, predictive AI Servo AF, AI Focus AF, manual</li>
<li><strong>AF point selection: </strong>Automatic, manual</li>
<li><strong>Selected AF point display: </strong>Superimposed in viewfinder and indicated on LCD panel</li>
<li><strong>AF-assist beam: </strong>Small series of flashes fired by built-in flash</li>
<li><strong>Metering modes: </strong>35-zone full-aperture metering: evaluative, partial (9 percent of viewfinder at center), spot (3.8 percent of viewfinder at center), center-weighted average</li>
<li><strong>Metering range: </strong>EV 1-20</li>
<li><strong>Exposure control: </strong>Program AE (shiftable), shutter-priority AE, aperture-priority AE, depth-of-field AE, creative auto, full auto, programmed image control modes (portrait, landscape, close-up, sports, night portrait, flash off), manual exposure, E-TTL II autoflash program AE</li>
<li><strong>ISO speed: </strong>Automatically set: ISO 100 to 6400 (in 1/3-stop or 1-stop increments); basic zone modes: ISO 100 to 3200 set automatically; extension settable: ISO 12800; high-tone priority settable: ISO 200 to 1600</li>
<li><strong>Exposure compensation: </strong>Manual: +/-3 stops in 1/3- or 1/2-stop increments</li>
<li><strong>AE lock: </strong>Auto and manual</li>
<li><strong>Shutter type: </strong>Veritcal travel, mechanical, electronically controlled focal-plane shutter</li>
<li><strong>Shutter speeds: </strong>1/8000 to 1/60 second, X-sync at 1/250 second; 1/8000 to 30 second, bulb</li>
<li><strong>Shutter release: </strong>Soft-touch electromagnetic</li>
<li><strong>Self timer: </strong>10- or 2-second delay</li>
<li><strong>Remote control: </strong>Yes, with N3-type terminal</li>
<li><strong>Flash type: </strong>Retractable auto pop-up</li>
<li><strong>Flash metering: </strong>E-TTL II autoflash</li>
<li><strong>Recycling time: </strong>Approximately 3 seconds</li>
<li><strong>Flash-ready indicator: </strong>Viewfinder icon</li>
<li><strong>Flash coverage: </strong>17mm lens angle of view</li>
<li><strong>FE lock: </strong>Yes</li>
<li><strong>Flash exposure compensation: </strong>Up to +/-2 stops in 1/3- or 1/2-stop increments</li>
<li><strong>Compatible flash: </strong>EX-series Speedlites</li>
<li><strong>Drive modes: </strong>Single, high-speed continuous, low-speed continuous, and self-timer</li>
<li><strong>Continuous shooting speed: </strong>3 shots/second to 6.3 shots/second</li>
<li><strong>Live View shooting modes: </strong>Live View, remote Live View (with a personal computer installed with EOS utility)</li>
<li><strong>Live View focusing: </strong>Manual, autofocus</li>
<li><strong>LCD monitor: </strong>3-inch TFT color LCD</li>
<li><strong>Resolution: </strong>Approximately 920,000 pixels</li>
<li><strong>Coverage: </strong>Approximately 100 percent</li>
<li><strong>Brightness adjustment: </strong>7 levels</li>
<li><strong>Interface languages: </strong>25</li>
<li><strong>Display format: </strong>Single image, single image + image-recording quality/shooting information, histogram, 4- or 9-image index, magnified view (approximately 1.5x to 10x), rotated image (auto/manual), image jump (by 10/100 images, index screen, by shooting date, by folder), slide show (all images/selected by date/folder)</li>
<li><strong>Image protection: </strong>Yes</li>
<li><strong>Erase: </strong>Single, check-marked images, or all (except protected images)</li>
<li><strong>Compatible printers: </strong>PictBridge</li>
<li><strong>Printable images: </strong>JPEG compliant to design rule for camera file system and RAW/sRAW images</li>
<li><strong>Interface: </strong>USB 2.0, NTSC/PAL selectable, HDMI mini out</li>
<li><strong>Battery: </strong>Rechargeable battery pack or AA alkaline batteries</li>
<li><strong>Camera width: </strong>5.7 inches</li>
<li><strong>Camera height: </strong>4.2 inches</li>
<li><strong>Camera depth: </strong>2.9 inches</li>
<li><strong>Weight: </strong>25.7 ounces (body only)</li>
</ul>
<h3>Setup</h3>
<p>While you  can certainly take the camera out of the box and start shooting, I will run through the setting changes that I did and why.</p>
<p><strong>C. Fn I : Exposure</strong><br />
Custom Function 3 changed to 1 to enable ISO expansion. This is needed to shoot at ISO ranges above 3200.</p>
<p><strong>C. Fn II : Image<br />
</strong>Custom Function 3 changed to 1 to enable Highlight Tone Priority. This enables Highlight Tone Priority which can help from overexposing important aspects of your image. Note however that when this is enabled, you will not be able to go over ISO 3200 regardless of the previous setting.</p>
<p><strong>C. Fn III : Autofocus/Drive<br />
</strong>Custom Function 3 changed to 1 to enable Multi-controller direct. This option enables you to select the autofocus point by using the multi-controller (mini joystick).</p>
<p><strong>Live View Function Settings</strong><br />
Live View Shoot set to Enable to allow for Live View mode</p>
<p>Expo. Simulation set to enable so the LCD show how the exposure will look when the shot is taken</p>
<p>Grid Display was set to the rule of thirds overlay</p>
<p><strong>Other Settings</strong></p>
<p>Image quality was set to RAW.</p>
<p>Highlight Alert was enabled in order to show “blinkies” on the LCD to show overexposed areas</p>
<p>Finally, I made sure the date and time was correct, dropped in a compact flash card, formatted it and I was ready to go.</p>
<h3>Using the EOS 50D</h3>
<p>The first thing I get asked is “How good is the ISO performance?” so let’s start there. By default the 50D can shoot ISO 100-3200. If you enable ISO Expansion then you have ISO 6400 (H1) and 12800 (H2). However, just because you CAN go up to ISO levels like that doesn’t mean it really usable. The following image demonstrates the ISO performance from ISO 800 – 12,800.</p>
<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/50d_iso1.jpg"><img style="border-right-width: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; border-left-width: 0px" title="50d_iso" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/50d_iso_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="50d_iso" width="578" height="390" /></a></p>
<p>As you can see, the ISO performance even up to ISO 6400 is actually pretty usable. Keep in mind that no noise reduction software was used to create this image, this is right out of the camera. Even some basic noise reduction will clean up the ISO 6400 images while the ISO 12,800 images would require some significant noise reduction to really make them usable.</p>
<h3>Differences from the 40D</h3>
<p>After the ISO question, the second most common question is “Is the 50D worth upgrading from the 40D?” so let’s compare a few key features between the two:</p>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" width="353">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="150" valign="top">
<p align="center"><strong>40D</strong></p>
</td>
<td width="201" valign="top">
<p align="center"><strong>50D</strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150" valign="top">10.1 megapixel</td>
<td width="201" valign="top">15.1 megapixel</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150" valign="top">Live View</td>
<td width="201" valign="top">Live view with Face Detection</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150" valign="top">sRAW Mode</td>
<td width="201" valign="top">2 different sRAW modes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150" valign="top">ISO 100 – 1,600</td>
<td width="201" valign="top">ISO 100 – 12,800</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150" valign="top">230,000 pixel display</td>
<td width="201" valign="top">920,000 pixel display</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150" valign="top">RCA video output</td>
<td width="201" valign="top">RCA/HDMI video output</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>While not everyone will need the new features, I certainly think that many people who are more serious shooters like wedding photographers will really appreciate the high ISO performance, the larger megapixel count and the high resolution display. Those are certainly the key selling points for me.</p>
<h3>50D Coolness Features</h3>
<p>We have already looked at some of the biggest of the 50D’s features but there are a number of features hidden in the 50D that are actually pretty cool even if they don’t make the short list that everyone talks the most about.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Peripheral Illumination Correction:</strong> This feature corrects vignetting that happens with certain lenses</li>
<li><strong>Live View Enhancements:</strong> Two different focusing modes are now available as well as a new face detection system for locking focus onto faces.</li>
<li><strong>User Settings Modes:</strong> Two modes on the main dial allow you to create two custom modes for your custom settings.</li>
</ul>
<h3>How big are the images?</h3>
<p>Well, they are pretty big. The following chart shows typical sizes for the different quality modes:</p>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" width="200">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100" valign="top">RAW</td>
<td width="100" valign="top">19.7mb</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100" valign="top">sRAW1</td>
<td width="100" valign="top">12.1mb</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100" valign="top">sRAW2</td>
<td width="100" valign="top">9.2mb</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100" valign="top">JPEG Fine</td>
<td width="100" valign="top">5.3mb</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Coming from using a 30D (8 megapixel) this means that my storage requirements have just doubled.</p>
<h3>Does it take good images?</h3>
<p>Of course it does. Here are some samples:</p>
<div id="attachment_1450" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/MG_6478.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-large wp-image-1450" title="_MG_6478" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/MG_6478-500x333.jpg" alt="_MG_6478" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">ISO 100 f/22 1/100 12mm</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1451" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/MG_6485.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-large wp-image-1451" title="_MG_6485" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/MG_6485-500x333.jpg" alt="_MG_6485" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">ISO 3200 f/4.0 1/60 12mm</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1452" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/MG_6513.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-large wp-image-1452" title="_MG_6513" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/MG_6513-500x333.jpg" alt="_MG_6513" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">ISO 100 f/4.0 1/1600 18mm</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1453" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/MG_6553.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-large wp-image-1453" title="_MG_6553" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/MG_6553-500x333.jpg" alt="_MG_6553" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">ISO 200 f/16 1/160 24mm</p></div>
<p style="text-align: center;">
<h3>The 50D Controversy</h3>
<p>There is quite a lot of debate about the sensor’s pixel density and how the smaller pixels and density are a recipe for more noise. While this is a very hotly debated topic a lot of it depends on your shooting situation. You will most certainly see extra noise in areas of images that are underexposed while if you are shooting well, or slightly overexposed images you can really move up into the higher ISO ranges. As we have discussed in previous articles, digital sensors loose detail in underexposed areas while maintaining more detail in overexposed areas, thus its safe to slightly overexpose to help reduce noise and maintain detail. A good rule of thumb is to overexpose by 1/3 – 1/2 of a stop, even more if you can without clipping. Learning the nuances of how your particular camera works and where it’s unique “sweet spot” is will help you to get the best images from your camera.</p>
<h3>Is the 50D the best choice for you?</h3>
<p>You are the only one that can decide if any particular piece of equipment is the right choice for you. What I did was to rent the body from <a href="http://Borrowlenses.com" target="_blank">Borrowlenses.com</a> for a week to really put it through its paces and do some major comparisons. After using it in a variety of conditions, I knew it was the right choice for me at this time.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1449&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/18/canon-eos-50d-review/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>25</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>PhotoBasics Green Screen Kit</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/06/photobasics-green-screen-kit/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/06/photobasics-green-screen-kit/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 06 Jun 2009 16:26:27 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[green screen]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1372</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[We have all seen green screens used in special effects for films or by high-end professionals to composite images together. One of the problems with doing green screen work has always been the cost of a good green screen backdrop and affordable lighting kits. As we have seen in the past, PhotoBasics has brought the power of green screen production to the masses with an affordable new green screen kit.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/greenscreen-1.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1373" title="greenscreen-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/greenscreen-1-200x189.jpg" alt="greenscreen-1" width="200" height="189" /></a>We have all seen green screens used in special effects for films or by high-end professionals to composite images together. One of the problems with doing green screen work has always been the cost of a good green screen backdrop and affordable lighting kits. As we have seen in the past (<a href="http://cameradojo.com/2007/08/09/photo-basics-3-light-kit-review/">here</a>) (<a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/07/09/photo-basics-strobelite-review/">here</a>), PhotoBasics has brought the power of green screen production to the masses with an affordable new green screen kit.</p>
<h3><span id="more-1372"></span>Features</h3>
<p>The Photobasics Green Screen kit is available as both a video kit or a still photography kit with the difference being the disk of backgrounds, the trial software that is included, and the educational DVD. The system is as complete as it gets with the following items:</p>
<div>
<ul class="style1">
<li>(2) uLite Constant Lights</li>
<li>(2) 20&#8243; Collapsible Soft Boxes</li>
<li>(2) 7&#8242; Light Stands</li>
<li>(2) 500-watt Photofloods</li>
<li>(1) 9&#8242; x 10&#8242; wrinkle-resistant Green Screen</li>
<li>(1) Educational DVD</li>
<li>(1) Digital Backgrounds DVD</li>
<li>(1) Adobe® Photoshop® Elements 7 or  Adobe® Premiere® Elements 7 Trial</li>
</ul>
</div>
<div>With all the equipment and software you need, you can start doing green screen work right away.</div>
<h3>Setup</h3>
<div>Setup of the lights is super simple since the softbox is built into the lamp holder, just push softbox ring over the lamp socket and snap it securely into place. Next, screw in one of the bulbs and put the softbox screen on.</div>
<div>The only thing you need to think about is how to hang the green screen. One simple way is to use <a href="http://solutions.3m.com/wps/portal/3M/en_US/Command/home/">3M Commander hooks</a> which are easy to remove from a wall without leaving marks or holes. In my case, I happened to have a backdrop system so I ran a pole through the one end of the green screen backdrop and pulled it tight with clamps. The main thing you want to avoid is wrinkles. The material itself doesn&#8217;t really wrinkle like a crumpled up shirt, but its more about not having big folds or things that will affect being able to light the material completely.</div>
<div>Once the screen is up and your lights are setup, you are pretty much ready to shoot. Follow the instructions on the DVD for a good lighting setup and take some shots.</div>
<div>The educational DVD will show you how to edit the images with Photoshop Elements or Photoshop CS3/CS4 or if you are using the video kit it will show you how to edit the video footage with common apps or the sample application that is included.</div>
<h3>Usage</h3>
<div>
<div id="attachment_1374" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/greenscreen-2.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1374" title="greenscreen-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/greenscreen-2-200x133.jpg" alt="Green Screen Setup" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Green Screen Setup</p></div>
<p>Using the kit is quite simple. The most important thing is to get the background as evenly lit as possible to make your editing go as easily as possible. If you have those two dialed in, then the process of using your green screen images is a simple matter of following along with the DVD.</p></div>
<div>In the image shown here you can see the lights on either side and the green screen pretty evenly lit and the shadows minimized. The more you work on minimizing shadows on the green screen the better off you are going to be. Also, take care not to have things that will reflect the green screen. In this shoot, the top of the amps and the white part of the guitar was reflecting the green quite a bit, although I didn&#8217;t notice this until I was editing the images, so it was a learning lesson for myself to watch for reflections in the future.</div>
<div>If you want even better masking control than the way that is explained in the DVD, try looking at Fluid Mask 3 which is available from <a href="http://studiotaxi.com" target="_blank">StudioTaxi</a> or <a href="http://ononesoftware.com" target="_blank">OnOne Software&#8217;s</a> Mask Pro 4.</div>
<h3>Results</h3>
<div>Can you get some really good results just using the lights, screen, and the included software? The best way to find out was to actually give it a try and see what I could come up with. Here are a few images taken with the kit.</div>
<div>
<dl id="attachment_1376" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 370px;">
<dt class="wp-caption-dt"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/taylor_1.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-large wp-image-1376" title="taylor_1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/taylor_1-360x500.jpg" alt="Taylor Shot 1" width="360" height="500" /></a></dt>
<dd class="wp-caption-dd">Taylor Shot 1</dd>
</dl>
</div>
<div>In the previous shot here, notice the green reflected in the guitar. Had I noticed this during the shoot, a simple tilt back on the guitar would have solved the issue.</div>
<div>
<div id="attachment_1377" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 490px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/taylor_3.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-large wp-image-1377" title="taylor_3" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/taylor_3-480x499.jpg" alt="Taylor Shot 2" width="480" height="499" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Taylor Shot 2</p></div>
</div>
<div>In the shot here, you can see the only reflect this time is the green reflecting in the chrome pieces of the guitar and the amp.</div>
<div>
<div id="attachment_1375" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/esquireonwine.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-large wp-image-1375" title="esquireonwine" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/esquireonwine-500x375.jpg" alt="Fun Shot with David Esquire" width="500" height="375" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Fun Shot with David Esquire</p></div>
</div>
<div>And as you can see in this final shot, you not only can have fun, but you can even create some high-end fine art pieces. <img src='http://cameradojo.com/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_smile.gif' alt=':)' class='wp-smiley' /> </div>
<h3>Summary</h3>
<div>The PhotoBasics Green Screen kit is a great starter kit for getting into green screen work and seeing where your imagination can take you. I was a little disappointed in the small number of backgrounds that were included but it is just a starter kit. There are lots of places to purchase digital backgrounds such as eBay or <a href="http://studiotaxi.com" target="_blank">StudioTaxi</a>.</div>
<div>You actually can combine the lights that come with the kit with additional lights so that you can light the background seperately from the subject rather than having to have even side lighting. You can&#8217;t really use the kit lights for the background and strobes for the subject as the strobes will typically overpower the constant lights throwing shadows onto the background. Overall,  for less than $300 you get two 500watt lights, light stands, and a green screen background which is not too bad of a deal.</div>
<div>
<p><strong>Product Review Scorecard</strong></p>
<table style="width: 138px;" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Features:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Setup:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Usage:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Results:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Price:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top">
<p align="right"><strong>Overall:<br />
</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top"><strong>4.6</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>PhotoBasics Website: <a href="http://photobasics.net" target="_blank">http://photobasics.net</a></p>
<p>Author: <a href="http://kerrygarrison.com" target="_blank">Kerry Garrison</a></div>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1372&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/06/photobasics-green-screen-kit/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>SpyderCUBE White Balance Tool &#8211; A Must Have Gadget</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/05/31/spydercube-white-balance-tool-a-must-have-gadget/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/05/31/spydercube-white-balance-tool-a-must-have-gadget/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 31 May 2009 21:49:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mauricen</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adjustments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[color]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[raw]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[White Balance]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1340</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Once in a while a product comes along that is so clever, so right, it is just a "must have" product.  While at PMA, I stumbled on such a product.  The SpyderCUBE by Datacolor is one of those products.  Nothing it does is really new, but it does everything right, in a small package, with more features than most any competitive product on the market. ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div id="attachment_1341" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 150px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/photo_spydercube2_500.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-1341" title="SpyderCUBE by Datacolor" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/photo_spydercube2_500-140x140.jpg" alt="SpyderCUBE by Datacolor" width="140" height="140" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">SpyderCUBE by Datacolor</p></div>
<p>Once in a while a product comes along that is so clever, so right, it is just a &#8220;must have&#8221; product.  While at PMA, I stumbled on such a product.  The <a title="SpyderCUBE for white balance" href="http://spyder.datacolor.com/product-cb-spydercube.php" target="_blank">SpyderCUBE</a> by <a title="SpyderCUBE by Datacolor" href="http://www.datacolor.com/" target="_blank">Datacolor</a> is one of those products.  Nothing it does is really new, but it does everything right, in a small package, with more features than most any competitive product on the market.  For me personally, this gadget has single-handedly obsoleted my gray cards, ExpoDisc and most all other white balance devices I have seen.</p>
<p><span id="more-1340"></span></p>
<h3>Overview</h3>
<p>First, this is an ABS plastic/resin cube with a tripod mount on the bottom stem and a metallic ball on the top.  By putting this object in a photo you shoot, you get a whole slew of exposure, white balance, specular highlight, black level, absolute black, neutral gray and white readings in light from multiple directions, all in one place from a single tool.</p>
<h3>Features</h3>
<p>It&#8217;s not a complexly built product, but it is a lot more sophisticated than a piece of gray cardboard that gets bent up in the pouch of your camera bag.  Each and every feature and surface of the device has a specific purpose.  If you use Aperture or Lightroom, taking advantage of this tool is quick and easy.</p>
<div id="tcontent1" class="tabcontent" style="display: block;">
<p class="title">Features &amp; Benefits (from the Datacolor website)</p>
<ul>
<li>Capture accurate color without a lot of trial and error manipulation</li>
<li>Spectrally Neutral, so that Cube responds accurately to all lighting conditions</li>
<li>Provides reference values to check and adjust RAW control settings</li>
<li> Includes Black Trap for shadow detail control</li>
<li>Allows users to instantly correct color images by setting color temperature value</li>
<li>Allows users to accurately adjust shadows and highlight detail in any RAW image</li>
<li>Ideal for location shooting (outdoor or indoor) and studios</li>
<li>Essential for RAW conversion, and can also be used when correcting images in a JPG workflow</li>
</ul>
<p>Yes, you read that right&#8230; this will also help you get that perfect white balance even if you shoot JPEGs instead of RAW.  That means you can white balance photos from your small PHD cameras* too.</p></div>
<h3>Specifications</h3>
<div id="tcontent2" class="tabcontent" style="display: block;">
<p>The SpyderCube is made of what Datacolor calls &#8220;ABS Cycoloy&#8221;, a hybrid resin that is fade proof and extremely durable.  They tell us that the colors are pigmented all the way through the resin for durability, and are scientifically formulated to provide optimal color values, including an 18% gray which defines a new standard for spectral neutrality to provide accurate color balance under any light source.</p></div>
<h3>Usage</h3>
<p>I have used this product in a couple of tests so far with my Canon 5D Mark II, and the results are both amazing and as expected.  At the beginning of my shoot, I put this SpyderCUBE (attached to a flexible tripod) on a flat surface somewhere in the shoot.  I take an initial shot with it in the photo.  Once I get into Lightroom, I use the eyedropper to set my white balance setting for the room, and then apply that setting across the rest of the photos that I shot in that scene.</p>
<p>Another possibility is to use the cube in a photo to set the on-camera custom white balance.  If you get the cube to take up a a good bit of the image, the camera can set white balance right from it.</p>
<h3>Results</h3>
<div id="attachment_1356" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/forest1.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1356" title="forest1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/forest1-200x133.jpg" alt="forest1" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Original Auto White Balance Canon 5DII</p></div>
<p>So, here are some tests that I did to see how well this works.  Follow along with me.</p>
<p>First, I grabbed my Canon 5D Mark II with a 16-35MM F2.8L lens and set white balance to auto white balance (AWB), walked out my back door, sat the SpyderCUBE with a mini-tripod onto a crate of travertine on my back patio.  There is some white Styrofoam and fairly white stone there in the shot, so I figured it would get a pretty decent white balance with the auto setting on my camera.  As you can see, the photo isn&#8217;t too bad for color (click it to enlarge).  The camera calculated the white balance at 4500ºK.</p>
<div id="attachment_1366" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/eyedroppertool.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1366" title="eyedroppertool" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/eyedroppertool-200x145.jpg" alt="Lightroom's eyedropper tool" width="200" height="145" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Lightroom&#39;s eyedropper tool</p></div>
<p>I then brought the image into Adobe LightRoom to do a little light balance work there.  In the develop mode of lightroom, there is a small eyedropper you can select and use to point to a neutral gray on the image.  This is what the SpyderCUBE is all about&#8230; giving you that perfect neutral gray in both direct light and indirect light.  You can see from the image to the right that the Lightroom eyedropper gives a pattern of pixel colors around where you are about to click, as well as the RGB value of the pixel you are hovering over.</p>
<div id="attachment_1357" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/forest-corrected.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1357" title="forest-corrected" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/forest-corrected-200x133.jpg" alt="Lightroom Corrected - 5000ºK" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Lightroom Corrected - 5000ºK</p></div>
<p>Once you click the mouse, Lightroom immediately re-calculates the white balance for the scene and changes the white balance setting to the new calculation.  In this case, that setting is 500ºK warmer, or 5000ºK.  If I had just shot a whole series of photos in this scene, I would now apply the new white balance setting to all of the images in the series to get the color correct on all of them.  This one step alone can save many of us from manually tweaking the color settings in our images, but shooting outdoors is not typically a hard situation to white balance.</p>
<div id="attachment_1359" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/studiolights.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1359" title="studiolights" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/studiolights-200x194.jpg" alt="Mixed lighting indoors + AWB" width="200" height="194" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Mixed lighting indoors + AWB</p></div>
<p>A scenario that is really hard for most cameras to auto white balance is a mixture of indoor light sources, including halogen, tungsten, fluorescent and ambient light from windows.  I am sure that many of you have had this situation where you shoot an indoor scene with AWB set and what you get is an orange cast image that is just completely wrong as your camera&#8217;s auto white balance just cannot figure out the lighting.  So, I have set up that exact situation with the modeling lights from my strobes through soft boxes and halogen overhead lights, plus mid-day sunlight coming in through the windows.  This shot is a mess!  And it is so typical of using the AWB setting on so many cameras when shooting indoors.</p>
<div id="attachment_1360" class="wp-caption alignleft" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/4050k.png" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1360" title="4050k" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/4050k-200x108.png" alt="Camera AWB reading" width="200" height="108" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Camera AWB reading</p></div>
<p>Looking at the settings in Lightroom, this image was read as a color temperture of 4050ºK.  The multiple light sources have thrown the camera for a loop.  But again, with the eyedropper and selecting the neutral gray, and this time you can see a much more dramatic change over the last example.</p>
<div id="attachment_1361" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/studiolights-corrected.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1361" title="studiolights-corrected" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/studiolights-corrected-200x194.jpg" alt="Corrected White Balance" width="200" height="194" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Corrected White Balance</p></div>
<p>The corrected image now has a color space of 2750ºK, which is 1300ºK different than the original calculations by the camera.  And look how obvious that difference is! As a matter of fact, I could not find a single situation where the color wasn&#8217;t ever so slightly off from my camera using the AWB setting.  That alone tells me that this SpyderCUBE needs to travel everywhere my camera travels.</p>
<div id="attachment_1362" class="wp-caption alignleft" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/histogramoff.png" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1362" title="histogramoff" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/histogramoff-200x121.png" alt="Histogram as shot" width="200" height="121" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Histogram as shot</p></div>
<p>This brings up another interesting tip with Lightroom and using the Histogram in the upper right corner.  Let&#8217;s take a look at the Histogram for this image (right).  Notice the triangles at the upper left and right of this image?  They actually serve a purpose.  They can tell you if your image has absolute blacks and whites in the range of the image.  Notice how both triangles are gray &#8211; the same color a the background of the Histogram?</p>
<div id="attachment_1363" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/noblue.png" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1363" title="noblue" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/noblue-200x125.png" alt="No blue shows here" width="200" height="125" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">No blue shows here</p></div>
<p>If you click on the triangle, it will highlight.  If you look at your image, it will now show blue wherever absolute black appears in the photo.  In this case, there really isn&#8217;t any absolute black to notice.  Even the hole in the bottom of the SpyderCUBE is not showing any blue.  But we can fix this.</p>
<div id="attachment_1364" class="wp-caption alignleft" style="width: 151px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/blueappears.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1364" title="blueappears" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/blueappears-141x200.jpg" alt="Sliding the Histogram" width="141" height="200" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Sliding the Histogram</p></div>
<p>Next, we roll our mouse pointer over the lower portion of the Histogram, and click.  A &lt;|&gt; symbol appears and we can now drag the histogram for the lower light portion of the image and move the black point.  As we slowly move it left, you will see the triangle turn blue just as the first pixels of absolute black appear on the screen.  Move it a touch more and it turns white.  When the triangle is gray, none of the image is at absolute black.  When it turns blue, the image is perfectly set with the darkest color in the photo at absolute black.  As you drag further and it turns white you are now clipping some of the darker colors in the image to black.  This is a powerful tool and tells us a lot about the luminance range of our image.</p>
<div id="attachment_1369" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/whiteclip1.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1369" title="whiteclip1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/whiteclip1-200x136.jpg" alt="White point clipping" width="200" height="136" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">White point clipping</p></div>
<p>The upper end of the histogram serves the same purpose with the white point of the image.  When I click it, the specular highlight of the SpiderCUBE&#8217;s chrome ball reflects the brightest light source in the image and pixels begin to appear in red where the white point of the image begins to clip.  By adjusting this area of the histogram, we can fine tune the white point of the image and control the clipping at the brightest point we wish. You can also click both of the triangles and see the white and black clipping points in red and blue at the same time.</p>
<div id="attachment_1367" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/in-camera-wb.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1367" title="in-camera-wb" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/in-camera-wb-200x133.jpg" alt="in-camera-wb" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">AWB shot for in camera WB</p></div>
<p>One last test was to see if I could set the camera&#8217;s custom white balance from just shooting the SpyderCUBE.  Using the same lighting setup as the studio shots above, I put the SpyderCUBE about 6&#8243; away from my lens and shot it with AWB.  As you can see, the same white point issues.  This shot came out at around 4150ºK, which is pretty far off.  I then went into the menu on the camera and told it to set a custom white balance using this photo as a reference.  This was an interesting test as I made sure that there were other colors visible in the photo.</p>
<div id="attachment_1368" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/in-camera-wb-set.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1368" title="in-camera-wb-set" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/in-camera-wb-set-200x133.jpg" alt="In-camera custom white balance" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">In-camera custom white balance</p></div>
<p>The camera re-set the white balance to 2900ºK.  I changed exposure slightly, took the SpyderCUBE out of the shot and re-took the photo with the new white balance setting, and as you can see&#8230; a huge improvement!  Once again, the SpyderCUBE has done its job.  even with all kinds of strange light combinations, it has saved the day and set the white balance properly.  From now on, this little baby goes wherever my camera goes.</p>
<p>The SpyderCUBE is available at B&amp;H and Amazon for $59 as of the writing of this review.  Although it is a bit more than you will pay for a white balance card, and a little bulkier, there are some distinct advantages to having the extra features of this product&#8230; like specular highlight and absolute black.</p>
<p>The SpyderCUBE and a series of demonstration videos videos can be found at the <a title="SpyederCUBE" href="http://spyder.datacolor.com/product-cb-spydercube.php" target="_blank">Datacolor</a> website.</p>
<p><strong>Product Review Scorecard</strong></p>
<table style="width: 138px;" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Features:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Setup:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Usage:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Results:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Price:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top">
<p align="right"><strong>Overall:<br />
</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top"><strong>5</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>*PHD Cameras &#8211; Acronym for &#8220;Push Here, Dummy&#8221;, meaning the world of simple point and click digital cameras.</p>
<p><strong><strong>Author: </strong></strong><a title="Internet Marketing Specialist, Designer, Photographer" onclick="javascript:pageTracker._trackPageview('/outbound/article/www.webscience.com');" href="http://www.webscience.com/">Maurice Naragon</a><br />
Digital  Creations<br />
<a onclick="javascript:pageTracker._trackPageview('/outbound/article/www.webscience.com');" href="http://www.webscience.com/" target="_blank">Website Development  and Marketing</a><br />
<a onclick="javascript:pageTracker._trackPageview('/outbound/article/www.headcheese.com');" href="http://www.headcheese.com/" target="_blank">Professional  Photography in Orange County, CA</a><strong><strong><br />
</strong></strong></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1340&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/05/31/spydercube-white-balance-tool-a-must-have-gadget/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>High Wattage Bulbs for Spiderlite TD-5&#8217;s</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/05/19/high-wattage-bulbs-for-spiderlite-td-5s/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/05/19/high-wattage-bulbs-for-spiderlite-td-5s/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2009 04:17:59 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[studio]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Westcott]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1342</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I am a huge fan of my Westcott Spiderlite TD-5 studio lights with their nice soft output, low energy use, and cool operation. While they have always been great for product photography I never really liked using them for portraits because they just didn't put out enough light. Westcott has released some new high wattage bulbs for the TD-5's to address the needs of these types of situations.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I am a huge fan of my <a href="http://cameradojo.com/2007/12/22/westcott-spiderlite-td5-review/">Westcott Spiderlite TD-5</a> studio lights with their nice soft output, low energy use, and cool operation. While they have always been great for product photography I never really liked using them for portraits because they just didn&#8217;t put out enough light. Westcott has released some new high wattage bulbs for the TD-5&#8217;s to address the needs of these types of situations. I just got my hands on these news bulbs to put them to the test.</p>
<h3><span id="more-1342"></span>The Original TD-5&#8217;s</h3>
<div id="attachment_344" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 138px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/12/img_4348.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-344" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/12/img_4348.thumbnail.jpg" alt="&lt;img src=&quot;/images/blank.gif&quot;&gt;" width="128" height="85" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Spiderlite TD-5</p></div>
<p>The TD-5 Spidelites comes standard with five 27 watt fluorescent bulbs which each put out about 110 watts giving you a total of around 550 watts. For portraits this is just a tad under powered for my tastes since I need to bump my ISO in order to get a good exposure since a slower shutter speed just doesn&#8217;t always work well with some subjects. With product photography this isn&#8217;t an issue since products don&#8217;t typically move on their own so a slower shutter speed can usually be used.</p>
<h3>The New Bulbs</h3>
<div id="attachment_1344" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 150px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/td5-2.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-1344" title="td5-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/td5-2-140x106.jpg" alt="TD5 Spiderlite Bulbs" width="140" height="106" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">TD5 Spiderlite Bulb</p></div>
<p>To say that the new bulbs are bigger than the previous bulbs is a monster of an understatement. The new high wattage bulbs simply dwarf the original bulbs in raw size and thickness of the elements. In fact, the bulbs are so big that you can no longer put five of them into the TD-5 light head.</p>
<p>As the saying goes, &#8220;size matters&#8221; and these huge bulbs can really shine (ok, bad joke, I know).  Being rated at 50watts gives them about 200 watts of output each and then an additional 20watt bulb that fits into the middle position pushes the total output to close to 900 watts.  With around 1.8x the original power output you gain just shy of a full stop of light.</p>
<h3>The Results</h3>
<div id="attachment_1346" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 150px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/td5-4.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-1346" title="td5-4" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/td5-4-140x113.jpg" alt="High Wattage Spiderlite TD-5 Bulbs" width="140" height="113" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">High Wattage Spiderlite TD-5 Bulbs</p></div>
<p>As much as I liked my Spiderlite TD-5&#8217;s before, now I love them! The extra light output was exactly what I needed to use them for more situations that I would have had to switch to strobes for. Not only can I use them for more photo situations but they work great as video lights as well.</p>
<p>These new bulbs are not cheap, the five bulb pack will set you back almost $180. I know that this seems like an awful lot of money for bulbs but keep in mind that a typical 500 watt bulb will have a life expectancy of about 60 hours while at 60 hours these fluorescent bulbs are just getting broken in and can be expected to last a total of about 8,000 hours. Think about that for a second. A typical 500 watt tungsten bulb will last just about 2.5 days of continuous use while these fluorescents will last over 333 days! That can be a huge cost savings over time.</p>
<div id="attachment_1343" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 150px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/td5-1.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-1343" title="td5-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/td5-1-140x119.jpg" alt="Example Image" width="140" height="119" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Example Image</p></div>
<p>The bulbs do work as expected as with the old bulbs in on a simple lighting setup I was shooting at 1/25th at f/5.6 and the same setup with the new bulbs gave the same exposure at 1/50th at f/5.6 which is right what you should get by increasing the light output by a stop.</p>
<p>If you like using constant lights like I do but don&#8217;t like the extreme heat of tungsten bulbs, not to mention the danger of using such hot lights, than SpiderLite TD-5&#8217;s outfitted with the high wattage bulbs may be just the setup you are looking for. Let&#8217;s also not forget to mention that these bulbs are daylight balanced so they are real easy to work with without having to mess with custom white balances.</p>
<p>The SpiderLite TD-5&#8217;s are not your bargain basement quality lights, they are high quality studio lights that will last you for many years so yes, they are a little costly but they are seriously worth it if you are serious about your lighting.</p>
<p>For more information check out Westcott&#8217;s website at <a href="http://fjwestcott.com/" target="_blank">http://fjwestcott.com</a></p>
<p><iframe src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=l7foto-20&#038;o=1&#038;p=8&#038;l=as1&#038;asins=B001KNRRMU&#038;md=10FE9736YVPPT7A0FBG2&#038;fc1=000000&#038;IS2=1&#038;lt1=_blank&#038;m=amazon&#038;lc1=0000FF&#038;bc1=000000&#038;bg1=FFFFFF&#038;f=ifr" style="width:120px;height:240px;" scrolling="no" marginwidth="0" marginheight="0" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1342&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/05/19/high-wattage-bulbs-for-spiderlite-td-5s/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>6</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Vanguard Pampas 57 Sling Camera Bag</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/04/30/vanguard-pampas-57-sling-camera-bag/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/04/30/vanguard-pampas-57-sling-camera-bag/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 30 Apr 2009 12:23:15 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Accessories]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[backback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Camera Bag]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[sling]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[vanguard]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1324</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I am always looking for the next great camera bag, especially something that offers convenience, comfort, and functionality so I was very interested in the new Pampas sling-style backpack from Vanguard.

At first look, the sling style would allow you to rotate the back to your front to have access your gear and then fling it back over your shoulder where it acts like a normal backpack.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/pampas11.jpg"><img style="border-right: 0px; border-top: 0px; display: inline; margin-left: 0px; border-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; border-bottom: 0px" title="pampas-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/pampas1-thumb1.jpg" border="0" alt="pampas-1" width="170" height="248" align="right" /></a> I am always looking for the next great camera bag, especially something that offers convenience, comfort, and functionality so I was very interested in the new Pampas sling-style backpack from Vanguard.</p>
<p>At first look, the sling style would allow you to rotate the back to your front to have access your gear and then fling it back over your shoulder where it acts like a normal backpack.</p>
<p>As someone who does a variety of different types of shooting, I figured that I could really put the Pampas 57 bag to the test and see if this was going to be something I would really use on a regular basis.</p>
<p>Let’s get into it and look at the bag and then see what I thought of it.</p>
<h3><span id="more-1324"></span>Features</h3>
<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/pampas2.jpg"><img style="border-top-width: 0px; display: inline; border-left-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; border-right-width: 0px" title="pampas-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/pampas2-thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="pampas-2" width="166" height="244" align="right" /></a> The Pampas bags are designed for comfort and functionality by allowing you to wear the bag as a regular backpack and then rotate the bag over your shoulder to your front for access to your gear. The Pampas bag has a good number of access points points and the build quality is top notch.</p>
<p>The back is covered in a nice breathable material over nice thick padding to help keep the bag comfortable on you and reduce sweating.</p>
<ul>
<li>Sling style design</li>
<li>High Quality 600D x 600D Strong Polyester</li>
<li>Secure Side Opening</li>
<li>Extra padded inside dividers</li>
<li>Contact areas offer breathable fabrics</li>
<li>“Grab and shoot” quick access pocket</li>
<li>Opens from front and side for instant access</li>
<li>Front and top pockets for accessories</li>
</ul>
<h3>Usage</h3>
<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/pampas3.jpg"><img style="border-top-width: 0px; display: inline; border-left-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; border-right-width: 0px" title="pampas-3" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/pampas3-thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="pampas-3" width="166" height="244" align="right" /></a> The Pampas bag certainly was comfortable as I used it during several small shoots as well as a 10 hour wedding shoot. Inside the dividers come setup for a handful of lenses and a DSLR body with a small size lens attached. I found that this wasn’t the optimum setup for me since once I am shooting I need access to the lenses and the main section was empty without the camera in it. Since the dividers can be arranged for your particular style, you can easily change it to match how you work.</p>
<p>Access to equipment from the side access section is very easy once you rotate the bag around to your front. However, getting to items that are further into the bag proves to be a little more challenging. While the large back section opens wide for easy access to the rest of your gear, I found myself quite nervous about having something fall out of the bag while it was open like that. To help prevent any issues like that, the side opening stays attached via some clever side webbing, but it just felt a little weird, this is probably something I will get over with more use of the bag.</p>
<p>I tended to keep my CF cards in the top outside pocket since it is pretty small but my CF card holder fit into it perfectly and was easy to get to. In the large top pocket I kept a container of batteries and my second flash head. Inside the main body I could have a 17-40, 24-70, 12-24, 50mm, and a Lensbaby Composer and still had room to spare.</p>
<h3>Results</h3>
<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/pampas4.jpg"><img style="border-top-width: 0px; display: inline; border-left-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; border-right-width: 0px" title="pampas-4" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/pampas4-thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="pampas-4" width="166" height="244" align="right" /></a> The Pampas bag did prove to be quite comfortable and the side access area was very easy to get to. I really only had some issues with the larger rear access area since it felt a little awkward getting to the equipment but not so much that I wouldn’t continue to use the bag. At weddings I normally have been using a Think Tank Photo Modulus Speed Belt which has worked out really well for me with one main exception. The speed belt fits lower on you around your waist and adds a good six inches of width on each side of you so navigating quickly between tight chairs in a reception can sometimes be difficult. With the Pampas bag sitting higher on your back I didn’t have as much problem squeezing through chairs at the receptions and I tended to carry more lenses in the Pampas bag simply because I could without adding any additional size. Where I really like the Pampas bag is when hiking or other situations that require lots of walking around between shots, I can put the entire camera with a lens on it into the backpack and not have to worry about the camera swinging around into things.</p>
<p>One of the best things about the Pampas 57 is the price you can get it for. While it is a good deal at the list price of $108, I found it online  Amazon for only $69.99. While it is to small to be my complete camera bag, it is certainly a great bag for keeping your most used items on you, its a great day bag or hiking bag, and its certainly a great bag for when I need to travel and want to take a good selection of gear without taking my entire kit.</p>
<p><strong>Product Score Card</strong></p>
<table style="width: 134px;" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100" valign="top">Features:</td>
<td width="32" valign="top">
<p align="center">4</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100" valign="top">Setup:</td>
<td width="32" valign="top">
<p align="center">5</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100" valign="top">Usage:</td>
<td width="32" valign="top">
<p align="center">4</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100" valign="top">Results</td>
<td width="32" valign="top">
<p align="center">5</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100" valign="top">
<p align="right"><strong>Final Score</strong></p>
</td>
<td width="32" valign="top">
<p align="center"><strong>4.5</strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Product Website: <a title="http://www.vanguardworld.com" href="http://www.vanguardworld.com" target="_blank">http://www.vanguardworld.com</a><br />
Author: <a href="http://kerrygarrison.com" target="_blank">Kerry Garrison</a><br />
Photographs by <a href="http://www.johnloyola.com/" target="_blank">John Loyola</a></p>
<p><iframe src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=l7foto-20&#038;o=1&#038;p=8&#038;l=as1&#038;asins=B001JVK748&#038;md=10FE9736YVPPT7A0FBG2&#038;fc1=000000&#038;IS2=1&#038;lt1=_blank&#038;m=amazon&#038;lc1=0000FF&#038;bc1=000000&#038;bg1=FFFFFF&#038;f=ifr" style="width:120px;height:240px;" scrolling="no" marginwidth="0" marginheight="0" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1324&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/04/30/vanguard-pampas-57-sling-camera-bag/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Vanguard Supreme 53F Hard Case</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/04/11/vanguard-supreme-53f-hard-case/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/04/11/vanguard-supreme-53f-hard-case/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 11 Apr 2009 22:45:20 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Luggage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[release]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[studio]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tagging]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Temperature]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Travel]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1271</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[We have looked at different types and styles of camera bags but the Vanguard 53 isn’t your normal camera bag. The Supreme 53 is a hard-sided case more at home in the cargo compartment of an airplane than it is being used as a daily equipment hauler. While other companies selling hard cases have been around for many years, Vanguard has a lot to live up to. Let’s take a look at at the Supreme 53 and see if Vanguard has succeeded in building a better mouse trap.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div id="attachment_1275" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2985.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1275" title="_mg_2985" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2985-200x134.jpg" alt="_mg_2985" width="200" height="134" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Vanguard Supreme 53F</p></div>
<p>We have looked at different types and styles of camera bags but the Vanguard 53F isn’t your normal camera bag. The Supreme 53F is a hard-sided case more at home in the cargo compartment of an airplane than it is being used as a daily equipment hauler. While other companies selling hard cases have been around for many years, Vanguard has a lot to live up to. Let’s take a look at at the Supreme 53F and see if Vanguard has succeeded in building a better mouse trap.</p>
<p><span id="more-1271"></span></p>
<div id="attachment_1272" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2982.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1272" title="_mg_2982" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2982-200x200.jpg" alt="53F with Handle Extended" width="200" height="200" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">53F with Handle Extended</p></div>
<h3>Overview</h3>
<p>Vanguard’s Supreme line of cases are watertight and airtight up to a depth of 15 feet, dustproof, virtually indestructible, resistant to corrosion, and can withstand extreme climate variations.  All of the Supreme cases are design to withstand temperature variations from -40° to 203°. The Supreme cases have quick release latches that are easy to use, and the comfort grip handle is ideal for carrying heavy equipment. With pad lock receptacles on each case, they are ideal for airline travel.</p>
<h3>Features</h3>
<p>The Supreme 53F is as rugged of a case as you are going to find anywhere. The case itself in extremely strong and durable with very well designed latches that lock easily and securely. The retractable handle locks into place in both the extended and retracted positions. The main handles have nice padding to make it more comfortable to carry. Internally, an O-ring helps keep the case water and dust resistant while the octagonal pluck-foam allows for almost any shape of object.</p>
<div id="attachment_1274" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2984.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1274" title="_mg_2984" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2984-200x134.jpg" alt="Secure Latches" width="200" height="134" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Secure Latches</p></div>
<ul>
<li>Water, air and dust tight</li>
<li>Resistant to 264.5 pounds weight pressure</li>
<li>Automatic pressure equalization valve</li>
<li>Padded handles</li>
<li>Metal lined padlock holes</li>
<li>Waterproof name tag</li>
<li>Locking travel handle</li>
<li>Two layers of thick pluck-foam</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Specifications<br />
</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Inside dimensions: 22” x 17 3/4” x 7 7/8”</li>
<li>Outside dimensions: 24 3/4” x 20 1/2” x 9 1/2”</li>
<li>Weight: 22.93lbs</li>
</ul>
<h3>Usage</h3>
<div id="attachment_1279" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2992.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1279" title="_mg_2992" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2992-200x134.jpg" alt="Rubberized Handles and Pressure Relief Valve" width="200" height="134" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Rubberized Handles and Pressure Relief Valve</p></div>
<p>The 53F is nice and big, too big for carry-on luggage on an airplane but not too big to be considered oversize for regular check-in luggage. The wheels roll smooth on flat surfaces but are too small to work well off-road or and in grass.  With two layers of foam included, you could have two levels of regular camera gear or remove one for larger items like studio strobes. The travel handle locks securely when retracted so you don’t have to worry about it coming out when it is being shipped.</p>
<h3>Results</h3>
<p>Having used other hard cases that are similar, the others just don’t stack up to the Supreme 53F. The latches are the best I have seen on cases of this type and the padded handles make it more comfortable to pick up when loaded. Knowing that when the case is closed my gear is safe from water and dust because of the integrated O-Ring gives you piece of mind. The only thing I would change if I could is the thickness of the pluck-foam. The 53F comes with 2 very thick sheets of foam but I would prefer 3 or 4 thinner sheets for more versatility but that is just being picky. It’s not everyday that you need a super rugged hard case, but when you do, the Vanguard Supreme series of cases is as good as it gets and with a street price of around $230, you get quite a case for the money.</p>
<div id="attachment_1276" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2986.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1276" title="_mg_2986" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/_mg_2986-200x134.jpg" alt="Big Roomy Case" width="200" height="134" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Big Roomy Case</p></div>
<p><strong>Product Review Scorecard</strong></p>
<table style="width: 138px;" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Features:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Setup:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Usage:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Results:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Price:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top">
<p align="right"><strong>Overall:<br />
</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top"><strong>5</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong><strong>Author:</strong> <a href="http://kerrygarrison.com">Kerry Garrison</a></strong></p>
<p><iframe src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=l7foto-20&#038;o=1&#038;p=8&#038;l=as1&#038;asins=B001APWHYQ&#038;md=10FE9736YVPPT7A0FBG2&#038;fc1=000000&#038;IS2=1&#038;lt1=_blank&#038;m=amazon&#038;lc1=0000FF&#038;bc1=000000&#038;bg1=FFFFFF&#038;f=ifr" style="width:120px;height:240px;" scrolling="no" marginwidth="0" marginheight="0" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1271&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/04/11/vanguard-supreme-53f-hard-case/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Cleaning your own DSLR&#8217;s Sensor &#8211; the right way</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/03/25/cleaning-your-own-dslrs-sensor-the-right-way/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/03/25/cleaning-your-own-dslrs-sensor-the-right-way/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2009 17:47:49 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[brush]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ccd]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cleaning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSLR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[repair]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[sensor]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1229</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I have seen grown men shiver and quake in the shoes at the thought of cleaning the sensor on their DSLR by themselves. The sheer anxiety of sticking something into your expensive camera body has left many people with the only option for dust removal being a stop at a camera shop or repair center for a cleaning. In this article we will look at how to clean your camera's sensor the safe and easy way and dispel some myths around the black art of sensor cleaning.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It is great that the latest models of DSLRs have an automatic sensor cleaning mode to help keep dust and debris off of your camera&#8217;s sensor. But as most of us know, this is not a complete cleaning solution.  How many of you have actually braved the inside of your camera body and attempted to clean dust and debris from your camera&#8217;s sensor?  We have seen grown men shiver and quake in their shoes at the thought of cleaning the sensor on their DSLR by themselves (O.K., it was one man, and he quivers at the site of bugs too).  The sheer anxiety of sticking something into your expensive camera body has left many people with the only option for dust removal being a stop at a camera shop or repair center for a cleaning. In this article we will look at how to clean your camera&#8217;s sensor the safe and easy way and dispel some myths around the black art of sensor cleaning.</p>
<div id="attachment_1256" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 202px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/sensor.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1256" title="5DII Sensor" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/sensor-192x200.jpg" alt="DSLR Sensor" width="192" height="200" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">DSLR Sensor</p></div>
<h3>What are you really cleaning?</h3>
<p>There are two components that we will look at cleaning, the first being the focusing screen mirror. If you remove your lens and look into your camera with a lens off, you will see a small mirror.  Dust typically doesn&#8217;t stick to this surface very much, so a few quick blasts of air from something like a Rocket Blower should keep the mirror in relatively clean and clear.  This mirror, however, only affects what you see through your viewfinder and not what the sensor sees.</p>
<p>The second component is the &#8220;sensor&#8221;.  To get to the sensor you have to put your camera into sensor cleaning mode which moves the mirror out of the way, letting you get to the sensor plate. It is important to note that we are never actually touching the sensor itself.  The sensor sits behind a thin sheet of glass and it is this glass that we will be cleaning.  Knowing that you are actually going to be cleaning a piece of glass, and not the actual sensor itself, will hopefully make some of you feel a little better about this process.</p>
<p>And for those of you who take your camera bodies to Canon and get a free cleaning whenever you want (like we do), be aware that the days of free cleanings are about over.  Manufacturers are soon going to be discontinuing this free service, from what we have been told.</p>
<div id="attachment_1240" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/sensorpen-1.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1240" title="sensorpen-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/sensorpen-1-200x133.jpg" alt="Sensor Pen and SensorKlear" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Lenspen SensorKlear II CCD Sensor Cleaner and SensorKlear Loupe</p></div>
<h3>Tools of the trade</h3>
<p>There are many things you can stick into your camera body to wipe down the sensor, but the goal of this article is to show you how to do it right.  There are many, many products available on the market to clean sensors in DSLRs today.  And quite frankly, many of them just don&#8217;t make sense.  Recently, we were at PMA in Las Vegas and we saw the myriad of cleaning products and solutions available for this job.  It is both overwhelming and confusing.  Then, we came across a product and a solution that just made perfect sense.  It&#8217;s called the Lenspen SensorKlear II CCD Sensor Cleaner and the SensorKlear Loupe.  These two items, together with a blower ball like the Giottos Rocket Blower or the Lenspen Hurricane Blower, make perfect sense as a solution to the problem.</p>
<div id="attachment_1239" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/sensorpen-3.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1239" title="sensorpen-3" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/sensorpen-3-200x133.jpg" alt="Blowing out the camera" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Blowing out the camera</p></div>
<h3>What are we getting into here?</h3>
<p>The inside of the camera body is a dark and tight space.  To know what you are getting into, the the SensorKlear loupe is what you use to look into the camera to see if there is any dust that needs to be cleaned off the sensor.  This device is specially engineered to light the interior of the camera body and sensor surface, magnify the view to the eye and allow easy side access to get to the sensor.</p>
<p>There are also two kinds of dust that we will encounter.  Dry dust and sticky dust. Dry dust will make up about 95% of the dust particles you will encounter which is good news since they are easily removed with a blower ball.  A few quick blasts on the mirror, then putting the camera into sensor cleaning mode and then a few quick blasts onto the sensor is usually all you need for the majority of the dust you will encounter.  This should always be your first step when cleaning your camera&#8217;s sensor, and many times will be more than enough to solve your problems.  Once you complete this step, either check your sensor with a SensorKlear Loupe or put a lens back on, turn on manual focus and shoot a photo of a white background.  Check to see if there are any spots on your image.</p>
<p>Any dust that remains on our sensor and refuses to budge with just a simple blast of air is known as &#8220;sticky dust&#8221;.  This dust may be sticky from humidity or it is static charged and wants to just hang on the sensor.  There are several ways to get the sticky dust off and dozens of companies that are ready to sell you all manner of cleaning supplies to solve this problem.  In the worst case, it is possible that a spec might not be so easy to remove.  There are brushes that may work, or sometimes they just end up moving the dust around.  The other products offered are chemicals that will often leave a residue on the sensor glass (and yes, they ALL leave a visible residue&#8230; some just less than others).  Depending on the environment, some dust could even have some oil on it and the best you can do with brushes is to move it around and never get it to come off.  That&#8217;s when a chemical process and swab may (worst case scenario) have to be used to get that stubborn piece of dust off.</p>
<div id="attachment_1253" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 123px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1253" title="sensorklear-diagram" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/lensklear-diagram-113x200.jpg" alt="Lenspen SensorKlear" width="113" height="200" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Lenspen SensorKlear</p></div>
<p>But outside of the worst cases (which RARELY occour), a simple blow, look and swipe should handle all your needs.  This is where the two piece solution of the Lenspen SensorKlear II CCD Sensor Cleaner and the SensorKlear Loupe make the perfect combination.  Let&#8217;s get into detail about these two pieces.</p>
<p>The SensorKlear Loupe is an electronically lighted eyepiece that sits over the body where the lens normally sits.  With it&#8217;s multiple LED lights, it gives you a wonderful, lighted view of your sensor that is magnified many times.  With this, you can see every spec of dust and debris on your sensor&#8217;s surface.  This is the only way we know of today to effectively see what needs to be cleaned.  You simply tell your camera to pup up the mirror for sensor cleaning, remove the lens and lay the camera on its back.  Then, you put the SensorKlear over the body opening and turn on the light.</p>
<p>The Lenspen SensorKlear II CCD Sensor Cleaner is a pen-like device with a hinge in the middle.  It has a capped cleaner surface at one end.  This cleaner surface is a specially designed chamois surface that is shaped like a rounded triangle to allow you to get into the corner of the sensor area and reach any surface.  Unlike brushes that can simply move things around, this pen can wipe just the area where the dust sits and pick it right up.  If the dust is sticky, it will usually pick it up too, or in some cases, it will move it around and turn it from sticky to dry dust, which can just be blown out of the camera.  Either way, there is no form of dust it cannot seem to handle.</p>
<div id="attachment_1241" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/sensorpen-2.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1241" title="sensorpen-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/sensorpen-2-200x133.jpg" alt="sensorpen-2" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Using the SensorKlear Loupe and SensorKlear II CCD Sensor Cleaner</p></div>
<p>So, the next step is to remove any debris we see.  We are assuming at this point that you have blown out the camera.  With the SensorKlear over the opening, there is a side access opening.  You simple bend the CCD sensor cleaning pen at a slight angle and reach in through this side access opening, watching the whole time throuh the eyepiece.  You make a small wipe or blot of the area where the dust is and it is immediately picked up and swept away.</p>
<p>We know that this sounds like a product plug; and truthfully, it truly is.  This is the first series of products that have actually made us feel comfortable cleaning our own camera sensors.  And that is saying a lot.  As a matter of fact, we heard rumors that Canon service techs themselves use these products for the work that they do on customer&#8217;s cameras.  I guess that makes sense to us too.  After all, its the best solution we have seen.</p>
<div id="attachment_1257" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/lenspen2.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1257" title="SensorKlear and Lenspen CCD Pen" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/lenspen2-200x176.jpg" alt="SensorKlear and Lenspen CCD Pen" width="200" height="176" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">SensorKlear and Lenspen CCD Pen</p></div>
<p>Lenspen Website: <a href="http://lenspen.com" target="_blank">http://lenspen.com</a></p>
<h3>Authors</h3>
<p><a title="Internet Marketing" href="http://www.webscience.com">Maurice Naragon</a><br />
Digital Creations<br />
<a href="http://www.webscience.com" target="_blank">Website Development and Marketing</a><br />
<a href="http://www.headcheese.com" target="_blank">Professional Photography in Orange County, CA</a></p>
<p><a href="http://kerrygarrison.com" target="_blank">Kerry Garrison</a><br />
<a href="http://kerrygarrison.com" target="_blank">Orange County Wedding Photographer</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1229&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/03/25/cleaning-your-own-dslrs-sensor-the-right-way/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Tronix Explorer XT Portable Power Source</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/03/20/tronix-explorer-xt-portable-power-source/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/03/20/tronix-explorer-xt-portable-power-source/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2009 23:12:48 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lightroom tutorials]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[battery power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[remote]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[studio]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1231</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Studio strobes are expensive and when you need lots of light but when you want to use them on location somewhere you have to find electrical outlets and possibly use long unwieldy extensions cords. But what happens when there is no power available at all? Using a generator is not recommended unless you can find one with a true sine wave inverter and even then, the peak times of the strobes when recycling can put an excessive strain on the generator. Innovatronix has a solution with their Explorer XT portable power source.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1233" title="explorerxt" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/explorerxt-200x67.gif" alt="explorerxt" width="200" height="67" />Studio strobes are expensive and when you need lots of light but when you want to use them on location somewhere you have to find electrical outlets and possibly use long unwieldy extensions cords. But what happens when there is no power available at all? Using a generator is not recommended unless you can find one with a true sine wave inverter and even then, the peak times of the strobes when recycling can put an excessive strain on the generator. Innovatronix has a solution with their Explorer XT portable power source.<span id="more-1231"></span></p>
<h3>Overview</h3>
<div id="attachment_1249" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/explorerxt-1.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1249" title="explorerxt-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/explorerxt-1-200x140.jpg" alt="Front View" width="200" height="140" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Front View</p></div>
<p>I often see posts in different forums from people trying  to figure out how to provide remote power for on-location shooting. I have seen everything from picnic coolers full of electronics to generators with expensive inverters strapped on.  For the cost of building one of these picnic cooler power packs and your time to buy all the parts and assemble it, you are just as well off to spend the $349 for the Explorer XT and have a professionally built package that you know is going to work well.</p>
<h3>Features</h3>
<div id="attachment_1234" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/explorerxt_bag.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1234" title="explorerxt_bag" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/explorerxt_bag-200x133.jpg" alt="explorerxt_bag" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Carrying Bag</p></div>
<p>The Explorer XT is rated at 350 watts of  continuous power and 1200watts peak power. For studio strobes this can handle up to 2400ws. The Explorer XT is designed as a portable power source for most flash and power pack units to be used on location, away from available power.</p>
<p>The Explorer XT is equipped with two (2) 12V, 7Ah sealed lead acid batteries, with an auto volt-charging feature which accepts 100-240V. It also has a 14V car battery charging where an internal circuit converts the 12V/14V source to a 24V. It also has an auxiliary battery port, allowing the user to connect another battery in case you need extended battery life. Battery power level indicators with beeper and charging indicators allow you to monitor power consumption and charging status.</p>
<p>The Explorer XT comes with a handy carrying bag to make hauling it around easier. The bag opens on both ends to allow access to all of the ports without removing it from the bag.</p>
<p><strong>Specifications:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Power Output: </strong>350 watts (continuous)/ 1200watts (peak)</li>
<li><strong>Number of output sockets: </strong>2</li>
<li><strong>Battery: </strong>Two (2) 12Vdc, 7AH SLA provision for external battery pack</li>
<li><strong>Charging Voltage Input: </strong>100V-240V / 14Vdc (car battery charger)</li>
<li><strong>Charger:</strong> Built-in</li>
<li><strong>Weight: </strong>8.5 kg (18 lbs)</li>
<li><strong>Dimensions:</strong> 14.5&#8243; x 5.5&#8243; x 7&#8243;</li>
<li><strong>Available Models: </strong>115V/60Hz (North American, Japan) 230V/50 Hz (EU, Asia-Pacific, Middle East<br />
230V/60Hz (Philippines)</li>
</ul>
<h3>Setup</h3>
<div id="attachment_1248" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/explorerxt-2.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1248" title="explorerxt-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/explorerxt-2-200x133.jpg" alt="Rear View" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Rear View</p></div>
<p>What setup? You take it out of the shipping container and its ready to go.  The only thing you need to do is keep it charged up. According to the instructions, you should keep in plugged in even when not in use, this will keep the lead acid batteries in optimum condition as well as always being ready for use.  This was a concern of mine since a fan is running and even though the instructions say it will use a trickle charge, I wanted to know how much power draw it was really taking. Using a Kill-A-Watt to measure to power draw I found that while the system is charging (charge light is blinking) was 80 watts, wow, that would be pricey to have plugged in all the time. However, as soon as the system hit a full charge (charging light went solid) then the power draw dropped to only 6 watts, now that&#8217;s more like it as I have numerous electronics around the house that use more than 6 watts when in standby mode so keeping the Explorer XT plugged in all the time.</p>
<h3>Usage</h3>
<p>The Explorer XT is designed to be dead-simple to use. Just turn it on and plug in your devices and use them like normal.  The Explorer XT has two outlets on the front that output clean power from the Explorer XT&#8217;s internal pure sine wave inverter.  Having a top-notch pure sine wave inverter is important as it helps protect the devices that you have plugged into it. Besides just being a portable battery solution, it can also be used in between your equipment and a low-cost gas generator. At first that may not make sense, why would you need the Explorer XT if you have a generator? The issue is that low-end generators can&#8217;t handle the peak demands that studio strobe lights require and they don&#8217;t have pure sne wave inverters. By using both a generator and the Explorer XT the Explorer XT will handle the load of the strobes while the generator will work to keep the batteries charged up.</p>
<h3>Results</h3>
<p>The only way to really test out the Explorer XT was to hook up some strobed and start shooting. While the unit is rated for up to 2400ws, I don&#8217;t have anything near that power, nor do I need it in my home studio. I hooked up two PhotoBasics Strobelites (150ws each) and one PhotoBasics StrobeLite Plus (200ws) for a total of 500ws and started shooting away with all three lights on full power.  The Explorer XT has three charge level indicator lights, High, Mid, Low, at 225 shots the light flickered betweed Hi and Mid and finally went solid on Mid at 250 shots. The only difference from being plugged into the wall socket is that the recycle time dropped from four seconds to five seconds, and if I was shooting as fast as they could recycle would creep up to about six seconds. A short pause in the shooting and the recycle rate would speed up again. At 250 shots and only having drained about 1/3 of the battery charge I finally ended the test since I don&#8217;t like putting unneeded wear and tear on my lights or camera but it did show me that I can easily do most any typical shoot that I do and still have plenty of power left to also run other accessories like a blower or laptop.</p>
<p>I am very impressed by the performance considering the small size and relativly light weight of the unit.</p>
<div><strong>Product Review Scorecard</strong></div>
<div>
<div>
<table id="vtas" class="zeroBorder" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span><strong>Setup:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td width="50%"><span>5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span><strong>Features:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td width="50%"><span>5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span><strong>Usage:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td width="50%"><span>5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span><strong>Results:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td width="50%"><span>5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span><strong>Price:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td width="50%"><span>4<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%">
<div><span><strong>Overall:</strong></span></div>
</td>
<td width="50%"><span><strong>4.8</strong><br />
</span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p><strong>Company Page:</strong> <a href="http://www.innovatronix.com" target="_blank">http://www.innovatronix.com</a></p>
<p><strong>Equipment Used in this article</strong></p>
<table style="width: 352px; height: 58px;" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Camera</strong></td>
<td>Canon 30D</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Processing Software</strong></td>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/category/tutorials/lightroom-tutorials/">Adobe Photoshop Lightroom 2.3</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Lighting</strong></td>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/?s=photobasics+strobelite&amp;x=0&amp;y=0" target="_blank">PhotoBasics StrobeLites</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Author:</strong> <a href="http://kerrygarrison.com" target="_blank">Kerry Garrison</a></div>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1231&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/03/20/tronix-explorer-xt-portable-power-source/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Giottos Camera Screen Protector Review</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/03/12/giottos-camera-screen-protector-schott-glass/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/03/12/giottos-camera-screen-protector-schott-glass/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2009 15:47:27 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mauricen</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[canon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Digital]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSLR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Giottos]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Nikon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pentax]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pictures]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Screen Protector]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1206</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I have always been a proponent of keeping my  cameras looking brand new.  A big piece of keeping your camera new is protecting the screens.  This has been an age-old issue that affects all modern, digital cameras from point and shoots to professional SLRs. With typical protectors seeming overprices at $10 to $15 for a piece of plastic film smaller than the palm of your hand, why would you spend quite a bit more than that for the Giottos Camera Screen Protectors? We needed to try these out and see if they were worth the extra cost.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/giottos-12.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-1217 alignright" title="Giottos AEGIS Screen Protector" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/giottos-12-140x105.jpg" alt="Giottos AEGIS Screen Protector" width="140" height="105" /></a>I have always been a proponent of keeping my  cameras looking brand new.  A big piece of keeping your camera new is protecting the screens.  This has been an age-old issue that affects all modern, digital cameras from point and shoots to professional SLRs.</p>
<p>I think screen protectors are way overpriced.  You can pay $10 to $15 for a piece of plastic film smaller than the palm of your hand.  That just doesn&#8217;t seem right.  Fortunately, I happen to have a box full of old Palm Pilot screen protectors laying around and I usually just cut one of them to the size of my camera&#8217;s screens.  They are durable, scratch resistant and provide decent protection.  I bought several dozen of these in a single ebay auction, so I didn&#8217;t feel ripped off at paying $14.99 for a clear piece of sticky plastic, as many companies charge for their &#8220;custom cut&#8221; screen protectors.<span id="more-1206"></span></p>
<h3>Overview</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/giottos-2.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-thumbnail wp-image-1216" title="Giottos Screen Protectors" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/giottos-2-140x131.jpg" alt="Giottos Screen Protectors" width="140" height="131" /></a></p>
<p>While at the PMA tradeshow in March &#8216;08, I met with a Giottos distributor named Bill Hodges, who was very enthusiastic about their products.  Bill showed me an product line that I was not familiar with in the Giottos lineup&#8230; the AEGIS Pro Optical Glass Screen Protectors.  Unlike the simple plastic films you can buy for $10 to $15, these Giottos screen protectors are $24 to $45.  Now, I have never been comfortable paying $15 for a piece of plastic film smaller than a playing card, so what could possibly make me spend two to three times that amount to protect my camera screens?</p>
<p>To answer that question, let&#8217;s look at some specs on this product.</p>
<p><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-1207" title="AEGIS 12 layers" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/12_layers-1_s.jpg" alt="AEGIS 12 layers" width="354" height="272" /></p>
<p>AEGIS SP 80 series<br />
• Transmission 420~680 nm: T≥98%<br />
• High translucent, optical glass sheet made from Schott glass in Germany.<br />
• Both sides 12 layers coated, from “LEYBOLD” Germany<br />
• 12 Layers improve LCD backlight transmission while reducing reflections or glare<br />
• Elite Schott glass protects and clarifies LCD images<br />
• Includes Micro-Fiber Cleaning Cloth<br />
• Available for digital cameras and DSLR’s including Canon, Nikon and Fujifilm<br />
• Adds no significant weight or bulk to the camera body<br />
• Resistant to acid and alkali prolonging the life of the LCD<br />
• Easily applied using pre attached 3m double sided tape<br />
• No air bubbles<br />
• Glass surface reaches 8-9 and the elastic pressure is 4kg/cm2 to help it withstand impacts<br />
• Removable and replaceable if it gets scratched or damaged</p>
<p>I have found that most LCD screen protectors fall into one of two categories; the plastic stick-on film sheet or the flip-up sun shade housings.  Stick-on sheets are prone to peeling off, bubbling, and have little to no beneficial optical qualities while LCD hoods/screen shades &amp; covers are bulky and cumbersome while only minimally preserving the LCD image.</p>
<h3>Setup</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/giottos-4.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-1218 alignright" title="Giottos AEGIS Screen Protectors" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/giottos-4-140x97.jpg" alt="Giottos AEGIS Screen Protectors" width="140" height="97" /></a></p>
<p>The Giottos AEGIS Glass Screen Protectors are very different from the start. The package has an interesting pull-up transparent tab that has the outline size of the screen protector that you can lay over your camera screen to confirm the size. With 12 layers of Anti-Reflective coating, plus being made of glass, they protect the LCD panel from not only abrasions and scratches , but impact too.  The multi-layer coating supposedly improves clarity and color quality as well as the life of the LCD.</p>
<p>I picked up two of these screen protectors; one for my Canon 5D Mark II and one for my Canon G9.  The two models I picked up were obviously different as the screen sizes of the displays on the two cameras are just a little different.  So, I started with the SP8301L for the 50D and 5D Mark II.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/giottos-13.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-1219 alignright" title="Giottos Screen Protector" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/giottos-13-140x105.jpg" alt="Giottos Screen Protector" width="140" height="105" /></a>So, enough of all the marketing hype&#8230; what is the user experience?  What is this thing really like?  Well, first, the application to the camera screen was fairly simple.   Since it is rigid, it is easy to move around and pre-position.  There were no air bubbles to worry about, but not just because you are applying a rigid piece of glass, but because the glass is actually suspended above the screen surface by a fraction of a millimeter.  The only sticky surface is around the edges of the protector, and the thickness of the sticky substrate suspends the glass above the screen.</p>
<h3>Installation</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/giottos-14.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-1220 alignright" title="Giottos" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/giottos-14-140x105.jpg" alt="Giottos" width="140" height="105" /></a>There is protective plastic on both sides of the glass sheet.  I cleaned my screen well with a micro-fiber cloth, peeled away the bottom film first, then lined the glass up with the screen.  My first shot was not perfect, so I used a fingernail to peel it up and re-apllying it.  Not too challenging.  Once in place, I rubbed it down with a cloth and peeled away the top protective layer.  The fit to the 5D II is perfect.</p>
<h3>Usage</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/giottos-20.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-1221 alignright" title="Giottos final install" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/giottos-20-137x140.jpg" alt="Giottos final install" width="137" height="140" /></a>Checking at the final result, it looks great.  The protective cover has the Giottos logo in the black trim around the outside edge which covers the Canon logo.  This is the most visible thing you will notice every day  But as you can see by the photo it simply looks like part of the camera.  The surface of the Schott Glass is a little more reflective than the anti-reflective coating on the original screen surface, but you only notice this when the camera screen is off. Once it is on, the picture is bright and clear.  I actually find it much easier to see in bright sunlight than it was before the Giottos screen cover was on.</p>
<h3>One More Time</h3>
<p>Next, I installed my second screen protector over my Canon G9 screen &#8211; model SP 8300.  This was a little tougher as the screen fit was not as perfect as the one for the 5D Mark II.  The cover for the G9 was actually a couple on millimeters shorter on the vertical dimension than the Canon G9 screen.  This caused me to lift and re-seat the cover a couple of times to get it to where I could best see the camera&#8217;s screen through the glass.  Now, the end result is absolutely fine and the screen is 100% visible, but the Canon logo at the top is only partially covered.  This is a very small detail, as I guess I was expecting absolute perfection here.  However, I am completely happy with the end product.  With the small body of a camera like the G9, you tend to touch the screen more and it seems more prone to being bumped or scuffed by being laid on the screen, so I think this application is even more crucial than putting it on my pro body.</p>
<table style="width: 22px; height: 22px;" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p><div id="attachment_1222" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/giottos-8.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1222" title="Giottos Canon G9" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/giottos-8-200x133.jpg" alt="Canon G9 without Protector" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Protector in place</p></div></td>
<td>
<p><div id="attachment_1223" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/giottos-9.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1223" title="Giottos Canon G9" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/giottos-9-200x153.jpg" alt="Installing Protector" width="200" height="153" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Removing film cover</p></div></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p><div id="attachment_1224" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/giottos-11.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1224" title="Giottos Canon G9" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/giottos-11-200x136.jpg" alt="With Protector Installed" width="200" height="136" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">With Protector Installed</p></div></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3>Results</h3>
<p>I have now tested both of my cameras outside in sunlight, in the shade, in the dark, in about every possible situation.  I have to say that I have no real complaints at all.  About the only criticism one might have is that the new screen is a bit more reflective than the original surface, but it isn&#8217;t bothering me.  After reading some reviews online, I see that there are various complaints about size, reflectivity and the screen not sticking.  I have to say that I do not see any of these issues with my two experiences.</p>
<h3>Summary</h3>
<p>The only reason to really put a protector of this sort over your camera&#8217;s screen is to protect the original screen and protect the value of your camera.  Let&#8217;s face it&#8230; these cameras are electronics.  In today&#8217;s market, electronics are the fastest depreciating item you can buy (outside of a home &#8211; but that&#8217;s another story).  To keep the value of your camera, you need to keep it looking new.  But you don&#8217;t want to have to look through some bubbled, misty looking piece of plastic film the whole time you use your camera.  So, is it worth a little more to invest in a quality piece of glass like this?  I think so.</p>
<div>Giottos makes these screens especially for the pro bodies of the Canon, Nikon, Sony, Olympus and Fuji cameras.  They also make them for the point and shoot bodies of Nikon, Canon, Sony, Fujifilm, Panasonic, Olympus, Pentax, Casio and so on.  If your camera is not listed, just go by the dimensions of their screens, which can be found here: <a href="http://www.giottos.com/" target="_blank">http://www.giottos.com</a>.  It is a frames site, so you will have to navigate to the screen protectors under the products menu item.</div>
<div><strong>Product Review Scorecard</strong></div>
<div>
<div>
<table id="vtas" class="zeroBorder" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span><strong>Setup:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td width="50%"><span>5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span><strong>Features:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td width="50%"><span>5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span><strong>Usage:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td width="50%"><span>5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span><strong>Results:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td width="50%"><span>4.5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span><strong>Price:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td width="50%"><span>4<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%">
<div><span><strong>Overall:</strong></span></div>
</td>
<td width="50%"><span><strong>4.75</strong><br />
</span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p><strong>Company Page:</strong> <a href="http://www.giottos.com" target="_blank">http://www.giottos.com</a></p>
<p><strong>Author:</strong> <a href="http://headcheese.com" target="_blank">Maurice Naragon</a></div>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1206&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/03/12/giottos-camera-screen-protector-schott-glass/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>6</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Lensbaby Composer and Optic System</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/03/11/lensbabies-composer-and-optic-system/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/03/11/lensbabies-composer-and-optic-system/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2009 19:38:32 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adjustments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Composer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lens]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lensbabies]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Model]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[selective focus]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[stop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=868</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In the beginning there was the original Lensbaby lens, a simple bellows system with push-pull focus and left/right and up/down sweet spot selection. Then came the Lensbaby 3G that allowed you to fine tune the sweet spot after locking it down so that you can easily repeat the same shot and settings.

Now, the Lensbaby Composer promises a lens that is easier to use, better control over focusing, and a selection of different optic inserts to give you a variety of different effects.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div id="attachment_869" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_3177.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-869" title="img_3177" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_3177-200x164.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="164" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Lensbaby Composer</p></div>
<p>In the beginning there was the original Lensbaby lens, a simple bellows system with push-pull focus and left/right and up/down sweet spot selection. Then c2ame the <a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/03/11/lensbaby-3g-review/">Lensbaby 3G</a> that allowed you to fine tune the sweet spot after locking it down so that you can easily repeat the same shot and settings.</p>
<p>Now, the Lensbaby Composer promises a lens that is easier to use, better control over focusing, and a selection of different optic inserts to give you a variety of different effects.</p>
<p><span id="more-868"></span></p>
<div id="attachment_871" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_3166.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-871" title="img_3166" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_3166-200x136.jpg" alt="Lensbaby 3G and Composer" width="200" height="136" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Lensbaby 3G and Composer</p></div>
<h3>Comparison to other Lensbaby Lenses</h3>
<p>Looking at the difference between a Lensbaby 3G and a Composer, the older models have a flexible bellows that adjusts the focus by pushing it out or pulling it in, the Composer has a focus ring that moves the optic insert in and out. To adjust the sweet spot on an older model you move the lens around on the bellows, on the Composer the optics are held by a ball and socket that has an adjustment ring to adjust the amount of friction so you can have it move easily or even lock it in place and just about anything in between. The older models have a removable aperture disk, the larger the aperture (the smaller the f/stop number) the more dramatic the effect.</p>
<div id="attachment_870" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_3172.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-870" title="img_3172" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_3172-200x136.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="136" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Optic System</p></div>
<p>The new Composer comes with double glass optics that can provide a very sharp image.  Also available are three other optic inserts that can be swapped out for the double glass optic. These other optics include:</p>
<ul>
<li>Single glass optic<br />
This is an update to the original Lensbabies lenses, with the single glass optic you get a subtle, soft, dreamy effect.</li>
<li>Plastic lens optic<br />
With the plastic lens this optic has a very soft effect that creates very ethereal photos with abundant chromatic aberration.</li>
<li>Pinhole/Zone Plate Optic<br />
In pinhole or zone plate mode, this optic insert achieves softer focus, dreamy images that are equally sharp from edge to edge.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can see an interactive example of the different optics with different apertures by using Lenbabies&#8217; <a href="http://lensbaby.com/optic-comparison.php" target="_blank">Optic Comparison guide</a>.</p>
<h3>Using the Lensbaby Composer</h3>
<div id="attachment_874" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_3164-2.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-874" title="img_3164-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_3164-2-200x140.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="140" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Composer on Canon 30D</p></div>
<p>The Composer attaches to your camera like any other lens but there are no electronics in the lens so there is no Auto-Focus and no aperture control from the camera. The Composer is a completely manual lens and the aperture is controlled with different discs that are placed into the bottom of the optics.</p>
<p>Using the older Lensbaby 3G or the original Lensbaby 1.0/2.0 was an exercise in frustration for many people as just adjusting the lens, holding it in place, and holding the camera almost required three hands.  With the Composer, the easiest way to use it is to adjust the friction ring so the lens will move easily but is not too lose and simply shoot away, adjusting up/down/left/right as you see fit and adjusting for focus. If you are using a tripod and want to make sure the lens does not move at all between shots then you can lock the lens on place by tightening up the friction ring.  While this sounds like a lot of work, it is significantly easier than than trying to use two fingers from each hand to wrap around your camera body, look through the viewfinder, compose your images, and press the shutter at the same time.</p>
<p>The Lensbaby lenses are not lenses you will put on your camera and be firing shots off like a machine gun, you need to slow down, get your composure right, get your exposure dialed in, adjust the sweet spot, and make the image versus taking a snapshot. You have to think and work a little more, but the result is an image you made <em>in-camera</em> and got it right.</p>
<div id="attachment_873" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_3152.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-873" title="img_3152" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_3152-200x136.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="136" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">The Lensbaby Effect</p></div>
<p>What the lens does is to shift the focus into a &#8220;sweet spot&#8221; and the blur effect will radiate out from the sweet spot and increase in effect as it moves away from the spot.  In some images the effect can be rather subtle so I purposely chose an image that will show the effect quite well.</p>
<p>Here you can see the front of the car is where I set the sweet spot and the blurring effect increases as it goes away from the sweet spot. This is a very difficult look to do with software although some plugins are getting very close these days.</p>
<p>This differs from a true tilt-shift lens in that the Lensbaby lenses can&#8217;t correct perspective like a tilt-shift lens. The Lensbaby is more of a special effects lens which can create some very interesting images. While the car shot demonstrates what the Composer can do, that isn&#8217;t what you are typically going to do with it. Many still life shots are shot with Lensbaby lenses and I suspect we will even see some cool video from cameras like the new Canon 5D MkII.</p>
<p>The Lensbaby Composer is roughly a 50mm focal length so when it is used on an APS-C sized sensor it will become around an 85mm focal length, that&#8217;s something to keep in mind if you are trying to set a scene up for use with the lens.</p>
<p>The following are two images of the same scene, one with a standard lens and the other shot with a Lensbaby Composer.</p>
<table border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<div id="attachment_1200" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 210px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1200" title="_mg_6881" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/_mg_6881-200x133.jpg" alt="Standard Lens" width="200" height="133" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Standard Lens</p></div></td>
<td>
<p><div id="attachment_1201" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 210px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1201" title="_mg_6885" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/_mg_6885-200x133.jpg" alt="Lensbaby Composer" width="200" height="133" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Lensbaby Composer</p></div></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3>Sample Images</h3>
<p>Here are a few shots I have taken recently with the Lensbaby Composer:</p>
<p><div id="attachment_927" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 437px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_5787.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-full wp-image-927" title="img_5787" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_5787.jpg" alt="img_5787" width="427" height="287" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Walking Down The Alley</p></div>
<div id="attachment_928" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 394px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_5791.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-full wp-image-928" title="img_5791" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_5791.jpg" alt="img_5791" width="384" height="571" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Soft Kiss</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1202" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><img class="size-large wp-image-1202" title="_mg_6847" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/_mg_6847-500x333.jpg" alt="El Cortez Sign" width="500" height="333" /><p class="wp-caption-text">El Cortez Sign</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1203" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><img class="size-large wp-image-1203" title="_mg_6859" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/_mg_6859-500x333.jpg" alt="Sassy Sally w/Plastic Lens" width="500" height="333" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Sassy Sally w/Plastic Lens</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1204" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><img class="size-large wp-image-1204" title="_mg_8092" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/_mg_8092-500x333.jpg" alt="Picket Fence w/Super Wide Lens" width="500" height="333" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Picket Fence w/Super Wide Lens</p></div>
<h3>Learning to Use The Lensbaby Composer</h3>
<p>The Lensbaby Composer is not the most intuitive or user-friendly piece of glass you will have in your arsenal. It is most likely the only manual focus lens you will own, the aperture is set by physically changing rings in the lens instead of from the camera controls, and it takes practice to get really good shots out of it consistently. That being said, the Composer is FAR easier to use than previous Lensbaby lenses so it will take much less practice than before.</p>
<p>What I really like about the Composer is that I really feel that &#8220;I&#8221; am making an image. I have to slow down my thought process and get things right in-camera. If your composition is off, you can&#8217;t just crop it and get a better image since the effect will usually not allow for much latitude when it comes to post processing. If you feel you are stuck in a photographic slump, pull out your Lensbaby lens and start making some fresh new images, it will inspire you to think differently and try new things.</p>
<p>At the recent PMA 2009 show, Sam from Lensbaby walked us through the Composer and all of the available accessories.</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><object width="540" height="332" data="http://blip.tv/play/gu5K8akMAA" type="application/x-shockwave-flash"><param name="src" value="http://blip.tv/play/gu5K8akMAA" /><param name="allowfullscreen" value="true" /></object></p>
<h3>Should I Get A Lensbaby Composer Now?</h3>
<div id="attachment_1149" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1149" title="macrolens" src="../wp-content/uploads/2009/02/macrolens-200x186.jpg" alt="macrolens" width="200" height="186" /><p class="wp-caption-text">.6 Wide Angle / Macro Lens</p></div>
<p>Only if you like getting things for free!</p>
<p>With your purchase of a Lensbaby Composer we have arranged for you to get a Wide Angle/Macro Conversion lens with your order. It adds even more possibility to your images.</p>
<p align="left">The Lensbaby 0.6X Wide Angle Macro Conversion lens converts your Lensbaby’s 50mm focal length to 30mm, while keeping the Sweet Spot the same size as a Lensbaby photo taken without a wide angle conversion lens. Other wide angle conversion lenses shrink the sweet spot. You can unscrew the rear lens element for use as a macro lens that focuses as close as 2″ to 3″ from your subjects.</p>
<p align="left">The Lensbaby 0.6X Wide Angle/Macro Conversion Lens is fully compatible with all Lensbaby SLR lenses. L:earn more about this special offer (<a href="http://cameradojo.com/2009/02/20/free-lensbaby-wide-angle-lens-offer-for-dojo-readers/">link</a>).</p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">The Bottom Line</h3>
<p style="text-align: left;">The Composer is certainly a speciality lens that not everyone is going to find a use for. However, if you want to be able to add a dramatic effect to your images and do it all in-camera then a Lensbaby composer is a must-have for your gear bag and at only $269.95 it is probably going to be the least expensive lens you own.</p>
<p style="text-align: left;">I have been using the Lensbaby lenses for several years and the Composer is my favorite of them all with its easier to use design and now with all the accessories, it is a very versatile lens that adds to my creative process.</p>
<p>Website: <a href="http://lensbaby.com" target="_blank">http://lensbaby.com</a></p>
<h3>Amazon Links</h3>
<p><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B001GCUC6S?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=voipspeak-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B001GCUC6S">Lensbaby The Composer for Canon EF mount Digital SLR Cameras</a><img style="border:none !important; margin:0px !important;" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=voipspeak-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B001GCUC6S" border="0" alt="" width="1" height="1" /><br />
<a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B001GCUC72?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=voipspeak-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B001GCUC72">Lensbaby The Composer for Nikon F mount Digital SLR Cameras</a><img style="border:none !important; margin:0px !important;" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=voipspeak-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B001GCUC72" border="0" alt="" width="1" height="1" /><br />
<a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B001GCUCC2?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=voipspeak-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B001GCUCC2">Lensbaby Optic Boxed Set</a><img style="border:none !important; margin:0px !important;" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=voipspeak-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B001GCUCC2" border="0" alt="" width="1" height="1" /><br />
<a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B000NA9E2C?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=voipspeak-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B000NA9E2C">Lensbaby Creative Aperture Kit</a><img style="border:none !important; margin:0px !important;" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=voipspeak-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000NA9E2C" border="0" alt="" width="1" height="1" /><br />
<a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B000GAOFGO?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=voipspeak-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B000GAOFGO">Lensbaby Macro Kit (AMACK)</a></p>
<p><script src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/s/link-enhancer?tag=voipspeak-20&amp;o=1" type="text/javascript"></script><noscript></noscript></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=868&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/03/11/lensbabies-composer-and-optic-system/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>OnOne Software&#8217;s Genuine Fractals 6.0</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/02/09/onone-softwares-genuine-fractals-60/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/02/09/onone-softwares-genuine-fractals-60/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2009 04:27:46 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[details]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Editing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lightroom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Photoshop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[podcast]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Presets]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[professional]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[resize]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[scale]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tutorial]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tutorials]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[windows]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1107</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you have ever re-sized an image you know that you always lose a lot of image quality whenever you do that, especially when having to blow things up really large. The solution may just be with OnOne Software's Genuine Fractals 6. This tool is designed purely to handle your image resizing needs. For myself, I often have to scale things like screenshots for use in the books that I have been writing so that the images look good in the books.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/gf_screenshot.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1108" title="gf_screenshot" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/gf_screenshot-200x162.jpg" alt="gf_screenshot" width="200" height="162" /></a>If you have ever re-sized an image you know that you always lose a lot of image quality whenever you do that, especially when having to blow things up really large. The solution may just be with OnOne Software&#8217;s Genuine Fractals 6. This tool is designed purely to handle your image resizing needs. For myself, I often have to scale things like screenshots for use in the books that I have been writing so that the images look good in the books.</p>
<h2>Does scaling images have to suck?</h2>
<p>The problem with scaling images up is that the software has to examine the image and guess what pixels need to be added to make the image look right and maintain quality, detail, and sharpness. Without a very sophisticated algorithm, you end up with blocky and blurry images when you are done. This is exactly what Genuine Fractals was designed to solve.</p>
<h2>Photoshop CS4 vs Genuine Fractals 6</h2>
<p>While Photoshop does an ok job at upsizing images, it most certainly does not do a terrific job. Let&#8217;s take a look at what Photoshop can do versus what Genuine Fractals can do on a small photo.  The original photo we are going to use is this photo that originally was at 640px wide. Let&#8217;s pit Photoshop CS4 vs. Genuine Fractals 6.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/scale_original.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-1110" title="scale_original" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/scale_original-500x333.jpg" alt="scale_original" width="500" height="333" /></a></p>
<p>The following examples show the difference between the two programs:</p>
<div id="attachment_1111" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/scale_ps.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-large wp-image-1111" title="scale_ps" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/scale_ps-500x440.jpg" alt="Scaled with Photoshop" width="500" height="440" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Scaled with Photoshop</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1109" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/scale_gf.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-large wp-image-1109" title="scale_gf" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/scale_gf-500x440.jpg" alt="Scaled with Genuine Fractals" width="500" height="440" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Scaled with Genuine Fractals</p></div>
<p>As you can see, the image scaled with Photoshop is much softer, looking out of focus than the one scaled with Genuine Fractals. This is a rather extreme example since we started with a pretty small image to scale up but it does prove the point. My normal use is for scaling screenshots up from 72dpi to 150dpi for use in the books I am writing and it does an awesome job of that.</p>
<h2>Using Genuine Fractals</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/gf_screenshot.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1108" title="gf_screenshot" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/gf_screenshot-200x162.jpg" alt="gf_screenshot" width="200" height="162" /></a>Genuine Fractals is a Photoshop plugin and when activated opens in its own interface with the toolbar on the right Besides just scaling images up or down, it can also add texturing and film grain which can help improve the perception of sharpness.</p>
<p>Another useful feature is a tool to create the data needed for gallery wrap images where the image continues off the edge of the frame and continues along the outside edge.</p>
<h2>Key Features of Genuine Fractals 6</h2>
<p>Genuine Fractals may seem like a pretty basic program but it does have an impressive list of features as well.</p>
<ul>
<li>Resize images up to 1000%</li>
<li>Maintain sharp edges and minute detail</li>
<li>Control texture for maximum quality with different image types</li>
<li>Apply sharpening based on luminosity only</li>
<li>Add simulated film grain for perceptual sharpening</li>
<li>Includes document size presets for common photo and paper sizes</li>
<li>Supports cropping and resizing in one step</li>
<li>Supports resizing RGB images</li>
<li>Supports resizing grayscale images</li>
<li>Supports LAB images</li>
<li>Supports layered Photoshop files</li>
<li>Tiling feature &#8211; create tiled mosaics</li>
<li>Batch process multiple files at once</li>
<li>Supports resizing CMYK images  **</li>
<li>Gallery Wrap feature &#8211; add extended margins for printing on canvas **</li>
<li>Integrates with Photoshop Lightroom **</li>
<li>Integrates with Apple Aperture **</li>
</ul>
<p>** Only availale in the Professional Edition</p>
<h2>System Requirements</h2>
<p><strong>Windows<br />
</strong>Windows XP SP2 or Vista<br />
Microsoft .Net 2.0 Framework or higher</p>
<p><strong>Mac OS X<br />
</strong>Mac OS X 10.4.11 or later<br />
Universal Binary &#8211; Supports Intel Processors</p>
<p><strong>Common<br />
</strong>Photoshop CS2(v9.0.2), CS3, or CS4<br />
Photoshop Elements 4 or later<br />
512MB of RAM<br />
25 MB of disk space<br />
Adobe Flash Player 9<br />
Internet connection for update checking &amp; tutorial movies</p>
<h2>Genuine Fractals Demo</h2>
<p>In this video, Kerry shows how to use Genuine Fractals to scale up images.</p>
<table border="0">
<div style="text-align: center;">[podcast format="video"]/podcasts/genuine_fractals_6.m4v[/podcast]</div>
</table>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1107&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/02/09/onone-softwares-genuine-fractals-60/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://cameradojo.com/podcasts/genuine_fractals_6.m4v" length="10863422" type="text/plain;" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Borrowlenses.com Rental Service Review</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/22/borrowlensescom-rental-service-review/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/22/borrowlensescom-rental-service-review/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 23 Jan 2009 03:56:47 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[canon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[eos]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lens]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Nikon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Special]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[terms]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wedding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Weddings]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1030</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Do you have dreams of shooting a Canon 1Ds Mk III? The new Canon 5D Mk II? The Nikon flagship D3X? Or how about shooting with a $1,600 70-200 IS L 2.8? If you are like me, that's pretty much all we can do is dream about the day we can afford high end gear like that. Rentals are always a good option either since most places require a deposit equal to the purchase price of the equipment.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1056" title="bl-500x174-banner" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/bl-500x174-banner-200x69.jpg" alt="bl-500x174-banner" width="200" height="69" />Do you have dreams of shooting a Canon 1Ds Mk III? The new Canon 5D Mk II? The Nikon flagship D3X? Or how about shooting with a $1,600 70-200 IS L 2.8? If you are like me, that&#8217;s pretty much all we can do is dream about the day we can afford high end gear like that. Rentals are always a good option either since most places require a deposit equal to the purchase price of the equipment. Hell, if I could afford the deposit I could afford to buy the equipment. Is there any answer? There sure is, <a href="http://www.BorrowLenses.com" target="_blank">BorrowLenses.com</a> has not only affordable rental prices but doesn&#8217;t require a deposit. This opens up high end rental equipment to the rest of us.</p>
<h2><span id="more-1030"></span></p>
<div id="attachment_1039" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/borrowlenses-2.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1039" title="borrowlenses-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/borrowlenses-2-200x133.jpg" alt="Opening the Box for the first time" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Opening the Box for the first time</p></div>
<p>How Does It Work</h2>
<p>Renting from <a href="http://www.BorrowLenses.com" target="_blank">BorrowLenses.com</a> couldn&#8217;t be easier. Browse through their website and find the product you want, select the term of the rental you want, and select if you want to get the op</p>
<p>tional insurance (highly recommended). As soon as you place the order, an authorization hold in the amount of the order total is automatically placed on your credit card. This doesn&#8217;t withdraw funds from your card, but merely holds them. They will actually charge the credit card the day your order ships. (see their website for information on using debit cards).</p>
<p>Your package will arrive from FedEx ground and your rental period begins as soon as the package is dropped off.</p>
<h2>
<div id="attachment_1040" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/borrowlenses-1.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1040" title="borrowlenses-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/borrowlenses-1-200x133.jpg" alt="Detail of the shipping box" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Detail of the shipping box</p></div>
<p>My First Rental</h2>
<p>I simply had to get my hands on the new Canon 5D Mk II and when I saw that <a href="http://www.BorrowLenses.com" target="_blank">BorrowLenses.com</a> had the 5D Mk II available for rental I just had to get my hands on one. A few days later my package arrived with the 5D mk II, a manual, and battery charger all stuffed tight into thick foam padding.</p>
<p>It&#8217;s no surprise that the camera was in perfect</p>
<p>condition since it is brand new after all</p>
<p>Inside the box was instructions for sending the package back at the end of the rental period as well as a shipping label  When you are finished, simply pack it back up, seal it with some packing tape, slap the shipping label on the box and drop it off at any FedEx drop-off point.</p>
<h2>The Cost of Renting</h2>
<div id="attachment_1019" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7520.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1019" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7520-200x133.jpg" alt="Canon EOS 5D Mk II" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Canon EOS 5D Mk II</p></div>
<p>The big question is does renting something you will use on a regular basis make sense to rent versus purchase? Let&#8217;s say you really want to step things up and use some professional glass for your weddings, the 70-200 IS L f/2.8 lens will set you back around $1,600,then let&#8217;s assume you will need this lens for 15 different weekends over the course of the year. Since the lens will cost you $51 per week to rent, you would have to rent it 31 times before you would have spent enough to buy the lens, that&#8217;s two years of use that you can easily add to the cost of the individual jobs and not have to eat the entire $1,600.</p>
<h2>Final Thoughts</h2>
<p>There have been multiple times that I wished I could get a certain piece of equipment to rent but the local places are expensive, have a small variety, and require massive deposits.  The entire process with <a href="http://BorrowLenses.com" target="_blank">BorrowLenses.com</a> is fast, easy, and painless. If you are wanting to try out a new piece of equipment before buying it, or if you need some extra for a special shoot, then do yourself a favor and call <a href="http://www.BorrowLenses.com" target="_blank">BorrowLenses.com</a>. I will certainly be using them a number of times this year for different things. I will be evaluating the EOS 50D, Checking out Tilt-Shift Lenses, and probably using some high end glass for certain events. If you use them, be sure and tell them that I recommended them.</p>
<p><strong>Author: </strong><a href="http://kerrygarrison.com" target="_blank">Kerry Garrison</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1030&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/22/borrowlensescom-rental-service-review/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Canon EOS 5D Mk II Hands-On Impressions</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/19/canon-eos-5d-mk-ii-hands-on-impressions/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/19/canon-eos-5d-mk-ii-hands-on-impressions/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 20 Jan 2009 02:38:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[canon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSLR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[eos]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ISO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[jpeg]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lens]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[marketing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[noise]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Post]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Presets]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[raw]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[stop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[terms]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wedding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Weddings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zoom]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1017</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Oh Canon 5D Mk II, how doest I love thee, let me count the ways. That could pretty much sum up my impressions of the newest camera from the folks at Canon but it probably doesn't tell you what you really need to know. I certainly don't have the testing lab that DPReview or Popular Photography has to tell you all the little specs and test results, but as someone who is shooting all the time, I figured I would get my hands on one and see if it really is all that it is hyped up to be.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7520.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1019" title="Canon EOS 5D Mk II" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7520-200x133.jpg" alt="Canon EOS 5D Mk II" width="200" height="133" /></a>Oh Canon 5D Mk II, how doest I love thee, let me count the ways. That could pretty much sum up my impressions of the newest camera from the folks at Canon but it probably doesn&#8217;t tell you what you really need to know. I certainly don&#8217;t have the testing lab that DPReview or Popular Photography has to tell you all the little specs and test results, but as someone who is shooting all the time, I figured I would get my hands on one and see if it really is all that it is hyped up to be.</p>
<h2><span id="more-1017"></span>Getting the Camera</h2>
<p>Since I am not sponsored by Canon (any help here would be appreciated &#8211; wink wink) and I haven&#8217;t been able to justify the cost yet, I decided that another way to get one for a little while was to call up the good folks over at <a href="http://www.BorrowLenses.com" target="_blank">BorrowLenses.com</a>. I hooked up with Max to get a weekend rental on the 5D Mk II so I could use it on a wedding shoot I had planned as well as to play around with the other features. If you have never rented equipment, you can&#8217;t go wrong by using <a href="http://www.BorrowLenses.com" target="_blank">BorrowLenses.com</a> as their prices are great and you don&#8217;t get slapped with a huge deposit (no deposit in fact), but more about <a href="http://www.BorrowLenses.com" target="_blank">BorrowLenses.com</a> in an upcoming article as I review their service.</p>
<p>I got the camera and couldn&#8217;t wait to slap in a card and start playing with it.</p>
<h2>First Impressions</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7526.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1021" title="Canon EOS 5D Mk II Top View" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7526-200x133.jpg" alt="Canon EOS 5D Mk II Top View" width="200" height="133" /></a>When picking up the body the first thing you notice is the surface has a much better texture on it than previous cameras making it easier to hold. The form factor is much like the 30D/40D/50D/5D. For users of those mentioned cameras, the control layout will be very familiar with the only noticeable exceptions being that the delete button has shifted due to the large screen and the top LCD illumination button has been moved to the right side of the display. For people moving up from a 30D/40D you will notice the lack of a pop-up flash and no preset modes on the mode dial (this is much more of a Pro camera than a consumer camera after all).</p>
<p>The large LCD on the back is just stunning with its much higher resolution display which enables you to better see if an image is sharp and in focus.</p>
<p>The new menu system is super clean and sharp looking on the big display although a little hunting around the first few times to find some of the features will be in order. The only thing that threw me for a loop for a minute was figuring out how to setup exposure bracketing. Not wanting to turn to the manual, I figured it out quickly enough. What I did have to crack the manual for was to figure out how to  use the video mode. Simple enough, go into Live View mode and press the Set button in the middle of the large dial on the back to start/stop recording.</p>
<h2>First time setup</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7523.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1020 alignright" title="Canon EOS 5D Mk II LCD" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7523-200x133.jpg" alt="Canon EOS 5D Mk II LCD" width="200" height="133" /></a></p>
<p>Before really being able to push the 5d Mk II to it&#8217;s limits, you will need to go into the menus and setup a few options first. Here are the things I did to get it ready for my tests.</p>
<p><strong>C. Fn I : Exposure</strong><br />
Custom Function 3 changed to 1 to enable ISO expansion. This is needed to shoot at ISO ranges above 6400.</p>
<p><strong>C. Fn II : Image<br />
</strong>Custom Function 3 changed to 1 to enable Highlight Tone Priority. This enables Highlight Tone Priority which can help from overexposing important aspects of your image. Note however that when this is enabled, you will not be able to go over ISO 6400 regardless of the previous setting.</p>
<p><strong>C. Fn III : Autofocus/Drive<br />
</strong>Custom Function 3 changed to 1 to enable Multi-controller direct. This option enables you to select the autofocus point by using the multi-controller (mini joystick).</p>
<p><strong>Live View Function Settings</strong><br />
LV Func. Setting set to Stills+movie, Screen Settings set to movie display</p>
<p><strong>Image Quality<br />
</strong>Image quality was set to RAW.</p>
<p>Finally, I made sure the date and time was correct, dropped in a compact flash card, formatted it and I was ready to go.</p>
<h2>Shooting the 5D Mk II</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7530.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1022" title="Canon EOS 5D Mk II Mode Dial" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7530-200x133.jpg" alt="Canon EOS 5D Mk II Mode Dial" width="200" height="133" /></a>Like many people getting the 5D Mark II, I have been shooting APS-C sized sensors for the past few years as I use a 30D as a primary and a 20D as a backup. Functionally, the 5D Mk II is virtually identical in how to operate the camera although the shutter sound is different and quieter. The big difference comes into play when using the same lenses you were using on the smaller sensor. If you aren&#8217;t familiar with this phenomenon, the smaller sensors in the 20D/30D/40D/50D are smaller APS-C size sensors versus the full frame sensor in the 5d Mk II. The smaller sensor size introduces an effect referred to as a zoom factor (also known as crop factor) which, in essence, magnifies the focal length of your lenses by 1.6.  To put it into simple terms, subjects on an APS-C sized sensor will appear closer (as if zoomed in by 1.6x) and the same lens on the 5D will give you an wider field of view. If we take a 50mm lens and put it on a camera with an APS-C sensor, what we get is basically an 80mm lens. A 70-200mm on the 50D becomes a 112-320mm lens on the APS-C sensor. This is interesting to note that a telephoto lens will get you more reach on a smaller sensor but you lose width at the smaller focal lengths. With my typical lenses, I now have to move closer to the subject to get the same effect as before, but I now have the added bonus of wide angle lenses being wider than before.</p>
<div id="attachment_1026" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7534.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-large wp-image-1026" title="Image shot with 50mm on 30D (APS-C)" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7534-500x333.jpg" alt="Image shot with 50mm on 30D (APS-C)" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Image shot with 50mm on 30D (APS-C)</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1028" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7983.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-large wp-image-1028" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7983-500x333.jpg" alt="Image shot with 50mm on 5D Mk II (Full Frame)" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Image shot with 50mm on 5D Mk II (Full Frame)</p></div>
<p>Ok, so how about this ISO stuff, how good is it really? Yeah, well, its pretty damned good. On my 30D, it pained me to go up to 1600 ISO, on a 40D, 1600 would give you a very usable image but 3200 got to be a bit much, on the 5D Mk II, 3200 is a no-brainer and 6400 will give you very usable images. Moving up into 12,800 gets to be noisy but should be usable with a good noise reduction software while 25,600 ISO is basically unusable unless you convert the image to black and white and then you will get something looking like an older newspaper image.</p>
<div id="attachment_1029" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/noise.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-large wp-image-1029" title="Comparison of ISO settings from 5D Mk II" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/noise-500x466.jpg" alt="Comparison of ISO settings from 5D Mk II" width="500" height="466" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Comparison of ISO settings from 5D Mk II</p></div>
<p>A feature that first appeared on the 40D is Highlight Tone Priority which can be a saving grace in numerous situations. Instead of going into how great this feature is, please refer to David Ziser&#8217;s post about <a href="http://digitalprotalk.blogspot.com/2007/10/highlight-tone-priority-image-salvation.html" target="_blank">Highlight Tone Priority</a>.</p>
<h2>What&#8217;s missing from the 5d Mk II?</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7533.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1018" title="Canon EOS 5D Mk II Ports" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7533-200x133.jpg" alt="Canon EOS 5D Mk II Ports" width="200" height="133" /></a>Yes, the 5d Mk II is a huge leap forward for Canon, so much so that some shooters with the higher end 1Ds Mk III are actually &#8220;downgrading&#8221; to the 5D to get the improved sensor cleaning and higher ISO performance. But surely the 5D Mk II is not the Holy Grail of cameras, something must be missing right? Well, of course, otherwise it would be an $8000 camera. So what is it that we don&#8217;t have on the 5D Mk II that it&#8217;s big brother has?</p>
<ul>
<li>Dual memory card slots<br />
Many people think this is a major disappointment that the 5D wasn&#8217;t outfitted with dual memory slots to provide real-time redundancy when shooting.</li>
<li>Built in battery grip/portrait grip<br />
The original 5D didn&#8217;t have one, and the 5D Mk II is aimed at the high end Pro-sumer market, not the professional market so this is an option. Unfortunately, the 5D Mk II uses a redesigned grip so existing ones will not work.</li>
<li>Long life shutter<br />
The big gun 1Ds Mk III is rated as about double the shutter activations as the 5D Mk II (150,000 (5D) vs 300,000 (1Ds)).</li>
<li>Dual Digic processors<br />
While the 5D Mk II does have the newer Digic IV processor, the 1Ds Mk III has dual processors for faster image processing.1</li>
</ul>
<p>Granted, the higher ISO performance, larger, higher resolution LCD screen, improved dust reduction, 21 megapixel , full frame sensor, full HD video, and significantly cheaper price does make for a very compelling camera.</p>
<h2>Focusing on Video</h2>
<p>Yeah, the 5D Mk II is the Grand Poobah of DSLR&#8217;s that can shoot video with its full 1080p video capture. Being able to use all of the lenses at your disposal to shoot video is quite awesome indeed to achieve the same shallow depth of field that you can get in stills. So look out Sony, your days of being a video camera manufacturer have come to an end and the 5D Mk II is taking its rightful place of the King of all things video&#8230;..well&#8230;.not exactly.</p>
<p>There is no question you can get stunning HiDef video out of the camera, there are plenty of examples online. But let&#8217;s look at the reality of shooting video with the 5D Mk II.</p>
<p>First off, abandon all hope of using autofocus when shooting video. If you are using the on-board microphone, you will hear constant whirrrr whirrrrrrrr whirrrrrrrr as the contrast-based autofocus &#8220;attempts&#8221; to focus. In some situations it may do alright, but the majority of the time you will end up with lots of times where the camera is trying to focus but tracks back and forth a few times before locking on. You really need to consider the camera as a manual focus camera when shooting video. Use autofocus in still mode to get your focus, then switch to video mode with autofocus off for best results. As for the built-in microphone (located just underneath the 5D logo), its alright for playing around, but anything serious will require an external mic plugged into the microphone jack on the side of the camera.</p>
<p><object width="550" height="367" data="http://vimeo.com/moogaloop.swf?clip_id=2878345&amp;server=vimeo.com&amp;show_title=0&amp;show_byline=0&amp;show_portrait=0&amp;color=ffffff&amp;fullscreen=1" type="application/x-shockwave-flash"><param name="allowfullscreen" value="true" /><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always" /><param name="src" value="http://vimeo.com/moogaloop.swf?clip_id=2878345&amp;server=vimeo.com&amp;show_title=0&amp;show_byline=0&amp;show_portrait=0&amp;color=ffffff&amp;fullscreen=1" /></object><br />
<a href="http://vimeo.com/">5D Mk II LowRez Video</a> from <a href="http://vimeo.com/kerryg">Kerry Garrison</a> on <a href="http://vimeo.com">Vimeo</a>.</p>
<p><object width="550" height="367" data="http://vimeo.com/moogaloop.swf?clip_id=2888434&amp;server=vimeo.com&amp;show_title=0&amp;show_byline=0&amp;show_portrait=0&amp;color=ffffff&amp;fullscreen=1" type="application/x-shockwave-flash"><param name="allowfullscreen" value="true" /><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always" /><param name="src" value="http://vimeo.com/moogaloop.swf?clip_id=2888434&amp;server=vimeo.com&amp;show_title=0&amp;show_byline=0&amp;show_portrait=0&amp;color=ffffff&amp;fullscreen=1" /></object><br />
<a href="http://vimeo.com/">Sample HiDef Video from 5D Mk II</a> from <a href="http://vimeo.com/kerryg">Kerry Garrison</a> on <a href="http://vimeo.com">Vimeo</a>.</p>
<h2>Megapixels = Mega Storage</h2>
<p>Oh sure, we all SAY we want more megapixels, but you really have to think of the ramifications of that. Here is a comparison of the same image taken with several of the different available image quality settings:</p>
<table border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>RAW</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">34,002KB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>sRAW1</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">20,272KB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>sRAW2</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">20,170KB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>JPEG Fine</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">9,720KB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>JPEG Medium</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">5,479KB</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>This means that a RAW file from the 5D Mk II is 4 times larger than a RAW from a 30D and even the 5D Mk II&#8217;s Fine JPEG is 2mb larger than the RAW file on the 30D. That&#8217;s 1/4 of the number of images I can fit on the same memory card and a typical wedding shoot for me will balloon from 10gb to 40gb. Add to that the additional disk space required to hold the images, and the addition computer horsepower (CPU and RAM) needed to process these huge files and you need some seriously beefy hardware to use this camera to its full potential.</p>
<p>For best results, UDMA Compact Flash cards are recommended, using these will speed up write times to the disc. Keep all of these things in mind if considering moving up to the 5D Mk II as it could turn out to be a bigger investment than just the camera itself.</p>
<h2>Using the 5D Mk II</h2>
<p>The first project I had was a small wedding reception, shooting out on a golf course at 11am presented some really harsh lighting conditions, the highlight tone priority system did a great job at keeping the subjects from getting blown out. One thing that I noticed was that the autofocus was really fast and super accurate. This is compared to the 30D that I normally shoot with. Normally I will get a handful of out of focus shots for no apparent reason, of almost 500 shots, there were only two that were out of focus, a significant improvement in the autofocus system over my camera.</p>
<p>The shutter noise is fairly quiet and doesn&#8217;t draw attention which is nice for quiet ceremonies and for catching candids without disturbing anyone.</p>
<p>For all your Shamu fans out there, here are some shots from Sea World.</p>
<div id="attachment_1032" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-5.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-large wp-image-1032" title="seaworld-5" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-5-500x333.jpg" alt="5D Mark II - 70mm 1/640 f/9 ISO 200 Mode: Program" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">5D Mark II - 70mm 1/640 f/9 ISO 200 Mode: Program sRAW1</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1033" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-7.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-large wp-image-1033" title="seaworld-7" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-7-500x333.jpg" alt="5D Mark II - 70mm 1/5000 f/8 ISO 200 Mode: Program" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">5D Mark II - 70mm 1/5000 f/8 ISO 200 Mode: Program sRAW1</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1035" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-12.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-large wp-image-1035" title="seaworld-12" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-12-500x333.jpg" alt="5D Mark II - 70mm 1/500 f/8 ISO 200 Mode: Program" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">5D Mark II - 70mm 1/500 f/8 ISO 200 Mode: Program sRAW1</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1031" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-20.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-large wp-image-1031" title="seaworld-20" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-20-500x333.jpg" alt="5D Mark II - 24mm 1/25 f/6.3 ISO 400 Mode: Manual" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">5D Mark II - 24mm 1/25 f/6.3 ISO 400 Mode: Manual sRAW1</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1036" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-19.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-large wp-image-1036" title="seaworld-19" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-19-500x333.jpg" alt="5D Mark II - 42mm 1/60 f/2.8 ISO 400 Mode: Manual" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">5D Mark II - 42mm 1/60 f/2.8 ISO 400 Mode: Manual sRAW1</p></div>
<h2>Is the 5D Mk II Right For You?</h2>
<p>I only had the 5D Mk II available to me for a few days but I am completely impressed with it from a technology point of view. One of it&#8217;s biggest selling points is also one of its biggest problems, and that is the size of the images. A typical wedding will take up 30gb of space and just a simple day at an amusement park could easily eat up 6gb.  The ability to use the smaller sRAW sizes is a plus, but its painful to have to limit the camera, something I think I could get over easily enough but it remains to be seen if it is too limiting for doing paid wedding shoots in the reduced file format sizes.</p>
<p>Unless you already have a beefy uber-computer and have more compact flash cards than pairs of underwear, then there are going to be some hidden costs of getting into the 5D Mk II. I am probably fairly typical (or at least not abnormal) in that I am currently shooting with a 30D and put together some numbers as what it would take for me to purchase and use the 5D Mk II, and this is not upgrading the CPU or RAM in my machine as it isn&#8217;t that terrible to work on images with what I have.</p>
<table border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>5D Mk II Body</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">$2,995.00</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Vertical Grip</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">$365.00</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Extra Battery</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">$95.00</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(4) 16gb CF Cards</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">$219.80</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(2) 1tb Hard Drives</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">$250.00</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right;"><strong>Total</strong></td>
<td><strong>$3,924.80</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>That&#8217;s well over $4,000 with tax and shipping and isn&#8217;t counting having another as a backup. I would certainly recommend the 5D Mk II to anyone who can afford one, but, for myself, I need to take a look at the 50D before deciding to save up for the 5D.</p>
<p><strong>Author:</strong> Kerry Garrison</p>
<p><strong>Rental Equipment by:</strong> <a href="http://www,BorrowLenses.com" target="_blank">http://BorrowLenses.com</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1017&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/19/canon-eos-5d-mk-ii-hands-on-impressions/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>14</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>VerteX Light modifer by Presslite</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/13/vertex-light-modifer-by-presslite/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/13/vertex-light-modifer-by-presslite/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 13 Jan 2009 19:44:42 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Videos]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Accessories]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adjustments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lost]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[marketing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pictures]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[radio]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[remote]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[rotate]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wedding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Weddings]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=972</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[We have seen every imaginable type of light diffuser product you can imagine and have even built different ones yourself for specific purposes all in the name of finding just the right combination of bounce and diffusion. Every device we have seen will work great in some specific situations but will not be ideal in every situation. When we saw the VerteX for the first time, while it may have looked more like a gimmick at first glance, I soon realized the potential and just had to try one out.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6473.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-979" title="img_6473" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6473-200x134.jpg" alt="img_6473" width="200" height="134" /></a>We have seen every imaginable type of light diffuser product you can imagine and have even built different ones yourself for specific purposes all in the name of finding just the right combination of bounce and diffusion. Every device we have seen will work great in some specific situations but will not be ideal in every situation. When we saw the VerteX for the first time, while it may have looked more like a gimmick at first glance, I soon realized the potential and just had to try one out.</p>
<h2><span id="more-972"></span>Overview</h2>
<p>The VerteX is designed to give the ultimate in lighting control from a typical speedlight by allowing almost an infinite amount of adjustment. The VerteX is a mechanical device that can accept one or two panels on it to allow you to send the light in the specific direction(s) that you want.</p>
<p>The VerteX works by having a swinging arm that can have either one or two flaps attached to it that can rotate 360 degrees. Each flap has a mirrored side and a white diffusion side.  By adjusting the swing arm and the flaps you can split the light coming out of your accessory flash and send the light in different directions. Nothing else on the market today gives you this much control over your lighting.</p>
<h2>Setup</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6483.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-973" title="img_6483" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6483-200x134.jpg" alt="img_6483" width="200" height="134" /></a>Normally I would go into a real lengthy section and maybe even some step-by-step pics showing how to assemble a product. Bust seriously, the VerteX takes about 30 seconds to setup, you will spend more time reading this paragraph than you will spend setting the VerteX up. You take the two arms and snap them into place in the holes on the sides of the rubber band, push them together over the cross piece, and push the flaps into place, which are held there with magnets. That&#8217;s it. I find it easier to get onto the flash if you attach the rubber band to the flash head right after putting the two arms on and before attaching the cross bean and flaps. In under a minute you are ready to start taking pictures with the VerteX.</p>
<h2>Usage</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6477.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-981" title="img_6477" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6477-200x134.jpg" alt="img_6477" width="200" height="134" /></a>I am going to be really honest here, if you really don&#8217;t understand lighting, you may have trouble previsualizing what you can achieve with the VerteX. However, if you are the type of person who can look at a scene and know, for example,  that you want a slight shadow from one direction, a little fill up front, and some top lighting, then you will be able to use the VerteX to it&#8217;s full potential. Since you can split the light and send some forward, some up to bounce off the ceiling, some left to bounce off a wall, you can achieve lighting effects that otherwise would have required multiple strobes.</p>
<h2>Results</h2>
<p>Before getting into wedding photography I did mostly product photography so using multiple lights was second nature, getting into wedding photography felt very limiting as it really isn&#8217;t practical on most shoots to lug around multiple light sources, radio remotes, light stands, etc and the current light modifiers on the market work very well in specific situations, but there hasn&#8217;t been a product that could really give you the flexibility of multiple light sources from a single strobe head until the VerteX. Here are a few shots from a recent wedding where I used the VerteX to get some really nicely lit indoor shots.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5094.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-975" title="img_5094" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5094-200x134.jpg" alt="img_5094" width="200" height="134" /></a> <a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5406.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-978" title="img_5406" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5406-200x134.jpg" alt="img_5406" width="200" height="134" /></a><br />
<a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5401.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-977" title="img_5401" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5401-200x134.jpg" alt="img_5401" width="200" height="134" /></a> <a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5129.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-976" title="img_5129" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_5129-200x134.jpg" alt="img_5129" width="200" height="134" /></a></p>
<h2>Summary</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6475.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-980 alignright" title="img_6475" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_6475-200x134.jpg" alt="img_6475" width="200" height="134" /></a>While the VerteX may look like a homing beacon for an alien spacecraft, it does exactly what it is intended to do. I am thrilled with the control over the light that it gives me and enables lighting that simply wasn&#8217;t possible before.  For $49.95, it isn&#8217;t any more than other brand-name modifiers but it does give you a level of control that other products do not. I have used the VerteX at several weddings now and it has not come off my flash yet. The only real negative thing I can say is that if you happen to bump something and one of the flaps comes off, they are so light that you stand a good chance of not noticing since you usually wont hear it hit the ground. Most of the time I use it as pictured in the image to the right with only one flap, so if I actually lost one for good, I could get by for a while, so keep an eye on the panels wqhen you are moving your equipment around.</p>
<p>Here is a little video showing more about the VerteX and how I use it.</p>
<p><object width="550" height="367" data="http://vimeo.com/moogaloop.swf?clip_id=2698970&amp;server=vimeo.com&amp;show_title=0&amp;show_byline=0&amp;show_portrait=0&amp;color=ffffff&amp;fullscreen=1" type="application/x-shockwave-flash"><param name="allowfullscreen" value="true" /><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always" /><param name="src" value="http://vimeo.com/moogaloop.swf?clip_id=2698970&amp;server=vimeo.com&amp;show_title=0&amp;show_byline=0&amp;show_portrait=0&amp;color=ffffff&amp;fullscreen=1" /></object><br />
<a href="http://vimeo.com/2698970">VerteX Light Modifer from Presslite</a> from <a href="http://vimeo.com/kerryg">Kerry Garrison</a> on <a href="http://vimeo.com">Vimeo</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Product Review Scorecard</strong></p>
<div>
<table id="vtas" class="zeroBorder" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Setup:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Features:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Usage:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Results:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Price:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%">
<div style="text-align: right;"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Overall:</strong></span></div>
</td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>5.0</strong><br />
</span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p>Product Page: <a href="http://www.presslite.com/vertexinfo.php" target="_blank"></a><a href="http://www.presslite.com/vertexinfo.php" target="_blank">http://www.presslite.com/vertexinfo.php</a><br />
Company Page: <a href="http://www.presslite.com" target="_blank">http://www.presslite.com</a></p>
<p><strong>Author:</strong> <a onclick="javascript:pageTracker._trackPageview('/outbound/article/l7studios.com');" href="http://kerrygarrison.com" target="_blank">Kerry Garrison</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=972&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/13/vertex-light-modifer-by-presslite/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>11</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>OnOne Software&#8217;s Focal Point</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2008/12/21/onone-softwares-focal-point/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2008/12/21/onone-softwares-focal-point/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 22 Dec 2008 04:13:58 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Videos]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Actions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adjustments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Composer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Focal Point]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lens]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lensbabies]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[OnOne Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Photoshop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pictures]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Post]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Presets]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[technique]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[viewer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Vignette]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wedding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Weddings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[windows]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=945</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Focal Point is OneOne Software's newest Photoshop plug-in that allows you to create images with selective focus and edge vignette effects. Using these techniques you can guide the viewer's eye to the spot in the image that you want them to look at. Using an easy to use "focus bug" you can control the sweet spot, the amount and kind of blur. These types of effects have only been possible with expensive specialty lenses before. Does Focal Point deliver on the goods? We decided to try it out for ourselves and see what we thought about it.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/kelly_before_after.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-954" title="kelly_before_after" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/kelly_before_after-133x200.jpg" alt="kelly_before_after" width="133" height="200" /></a>Focal Point is OneOne Software&#8217;s newest Photoshop plug-in that allows you to create images with selective focus and edge vignette effects. Using these techniques you can guide the viewer&#8217;s eye to the spot in the image that <em>you</em> want them to look at. Using an easy to use &#8220;focus bug&#8221; you can control the sweet spot, the amount and kind of blur. These types of effects have only been possible with expensive specialty lenses before. Does Focal Point deliver on the goods? We decided to try it out for ourselves and see what we thought about it.</p>
<h3>What is selective Focus?</h3>
<p>We have talked about selective focus here numerous times using depth of field (<a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/09/09/how-to-calculate-depth-of-field/">here</a>) (<a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/11/26/photography-basics-controlling-exposure/">here</a>) (<a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/12/04/photography-basics-beginners-guide-to-aperture/">here</a>) and lenses such as the <a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/03/11/lensbaby-3g-review/">Lensbaby 3G</a>. Selective focus simply means that the main subject of the image is in sharp focus while the rest of the image is blurred out, this forces the viewer&#8217;s eye to the section of the image that we want them to be looking at. This can have a dramatic effect on the image and give it a much more dramatic feel. The problem with simply using aperture settings to control the selective focus is it doesn&#8217;t allow you to control the shape, direction, direction, or opacity of the blur effect. With a Lensbaby lens you have more control over the sweet spot of the focus area but you are limited to a round pattern and you don&#8217;t have some of the other controls either, and you can&#8217;t do a true tilt-shift effect with a Lensbaby lens. With a tilt-shift lens you have more control in the different directions but you still can&#8217;t control some of the effect, a tilt-shift lens will also set you back over $1,000. This is where Focal Point comes in. You can use your high quality auto-focus glass to take a great picture, and then add a variety of selective focus effects to the image in post production.</p>
<p><span id="more-945"></span><strong></strong></p>
<div id="attachment_953" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 143px"><strong><strong><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/kiss_lensbabies.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-953" title="kiss_lensbabies" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/kiss_lensbabies-133x200.jpg" alt="Lensbaby Image" width="133" height="200" /></a></strong></strong><p class="wp-caption-text">Lensbaby Image</p></div>
<h3>Comparison to using a specialty lens</h3>
<p>Before jumping to conclusions, bear in mind that I am a fan of the Lensbaby lenses and I use them at different times to achieve a look that I know how to get in-camera. I have the new Lensbaby Composer and have a review of it coming as well. I know what that lens will do and I use it to create images like the one you can see here. You get a sweet spot where the lens is pointing and then there is a blurring effect that gets more intense the further away from the sweet spot you get. If you are a huge fan of doing things in-camera, then a Lensbaby is a great lens to use. However, the amount of effects that you can get is limited. If you have the time to swap lenses and get the image dialed in, the effect is very cool. If you don&#8217;t have a Lensbaby, or if you find later that you have a great shot that would have been even better with that effect, then you are out of luck without a re-shoot. With Focal Point, we can now add the effect in post production and get very similar results.</p>
<h3>What can we get with Focal Point?</h3>
<p>The best way to see what Focal Point can do is to take a look at several before and after images for comparison.</p>
<table style="width: 100%;" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;">
<div id="attachment_947" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 143px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/alex.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-947" title="alex" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/alex-133x200.jpg" alt="Alex Original Shot" width="133" height="200" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Original Shot</p></div></td>
<td></td>
<td style="text-align: center;">
<p><div id="attachment_948" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 143px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/alex_focalpoint.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-948" title="alex_focalpoint" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/alex_focalpoint-133x200.jpg" alt="Alex with Focal Point" width="133" height="200" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Focal Point Effect</p></div></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;">
<p><div id="attachment_951" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/golf_course.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-951" title="golf_course" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/golf_course-200x133.jpg" alt="Original Shot" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Original Shot</p></div></td>
<td></td>
<td style="text-align: center;">
<p><div id="attachment_952" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/golf_course_focalpoint.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-952" title="golf_course_focalpoint" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/golf_course_focalpoint-200x133.jpg" alt="Focal Point Effect" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Focal Point Effect</p></div></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3>Using Focal Point</h3>
<p>Focal Point installs as a Photoshop plug-in for Photoshop CS3 or CS4. Once launched you can move the &#8220;Focus Bug&#8221; around to select your sweet spot, and then grab on the handle to adjust the effect. You also have 3D effects that can control the focal plane by holding down the alt key on Windows or the Option key on the Mac and dragging within the focus bug.</p>
<p><div id="attachment_955" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/focalpoint_app.jpg" rel="thumbnail"><img class="size-medium wp-image-955" title="focalpoint_app" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/focalpoint_app-200x155.jpg" alt="focalpoint_app" width="200" height="155" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Focal Point Plug-In Interface</p></div>
<p style="text-align: left;">On the right side of the interface are sliders for fine tuning the effect as well as adding a vignette effect and film grain into the blurred image. Any of the settings can then be saved as a preset for easy access at a later time.</p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">Key Features of Focal Point</h3>
<p style="text-align: left;">While we have mentioned most of them already, let&#8217;s take a quick look at the key features of the Focal Point plug-in:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Focus Bug</strong><br />
This unique control gives you very simple control over the effects. Just drag and click to move the sweet spot or to adjust the amount of effect.</li>
<li><strong>Aperture Shape</strong><br />
While we have only looked at the round shape so far, you can also use a planer shape that simulates narrow depth of field that is often used with food or macro photography or for simulating the miniature effect that you can get with a tilt-shift lens.</li>
<li><strong>3D Tilt</strong><br />
As mentioned, you can adjust the tilt of the sweet spot to create the effect of a tilt-shift or view camera.</li>
<li><strong>Blur Types<br />
</strong>You can choose from a standard &#8220;defocused&#8221; look or add a bit of motion to the blur</li>
<li><strong>Add Layer Mask</strong><br />
By default (you can turn this off if you want) a new layer is created in Photoshop containing the image with the effect applied. This allows you to change the opacity of the layer or paint out areas that you don&#8217;t want affected.</li>
<li><strong>Vignettes</strong><br />
Focal Point allows you to add either a dark or light vignette effect to the image with the ability to adjust the amount of the vignette as well as the midpoint.</li>
<li><strong>Presets</strong><br />
If you have created an effect that you like and may want to use again, you can save it as a preset within Focal Point so you can easily apply it to another image later.</li>
<li><strong>Film Grain</strong><br />
While you may not think you want to add grain to an image, adding the film grain effect to the blurred image will help to maintain a realistic image as well as prevent posterization during printing.</li>
</ul>
<h3>System Requirements</h3>
<p><strong>Macintosh<br />
</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Mac OS X 10.4.10, 10.5 or Higher</li>
<li>1 GHz or faster G5 or Intel Core Processor(s)</li>
<li>1GB RAM (2GB+ recommended)</li>
<li>25 MB hard disk space for installation</li>
<li>OpenGL 1.5 Compatible video card with 128MB VRAM at 1024&#215;768 or higher.</li>
<li>Adobe Photoshop CS2 (9.0.2) CS3 or Elements 4.0.1 and higher.</li>
<li>Internet Connection &amp; Flash 9 player</li>
<li>Adobe Acrobat 6 Reader or higher</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Windows</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Windows XP SP2, Vista or Higher</li>
<li>1 GHz or faster Pentium 4 processor(s) or equivalent</li>
<li>1GB RAM (2GB+ recommended)</li>
<li>25MB hard disk space for installation</li>
<li>OpenGL 1.5 Compatible video card with 128MB VRAM at 1024&#215;768 or higher.</li>
<li>Adobe Photoshop CS2, CS3 or Elements 5 and higher</li>
<li>Internet Connection &amp; Flash 9 player</li>
<li>Adobe Acrobat 6 Reader or higher</li>
<li>Microsoft dotNET Framework 2.0 or higher</li>
</ul>
<h3>Focal Point Demo</h3>
<p>Here is a video of Focal Point in action so you can get a feel for how it works.</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><object width="499" height="312" data="http://vimeo.com/moogaloop.swf?clip_id=2565106&amp;server=vimeo.com&amp;show_title=1&amp;show_byline=1&amp;show_portrait=1&amp;color=ffffff&amp;fullscreen=1" type="application/x-shockwave-flash"><param name="allowfullscreen" value="true" /><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always" /><param name="src" value="http://vimeo.com/moogaloop.swf?clip_id=2565106&amp;server=vimeo.com&amp;show_title=1&amp;show_byline=1&amp;show_portrait=1&amp;color=ffffff&amp;fullscreen=1" /></object><br />
<a href="http://vimeo.com/2565106">Focal Point Demo</a> from <a href="http://vimeo.com/kerryg">Kerry Garrison</a> on <a href="http://vimeo.com">Vimeo</a>.</p>
<h3>Results</h3>
<p>Focal Point retails for $159.95 which puts it into the mid-range of prices for lenses from Lensbaby and is significantly cheaper than a tilt-shift lens.  Given that you have more control with Focal Point than you do with any type of lens, its hard to argue the value of Focal Point. There are certainly people like myself who enjoy using specialty lenses as they force you to slow down and really think about the image you are trying to make. Even for me though, there are times when I look at an image and wish I would have broke out the Lensbaby to take the shot and now I can get the effect that I want in post production. The effect that Focal Point creates may not be for everyone but if you shoot weddings, food, macro, still life, or nature shots, then Focal Point can add a new dimension to your images.</p>
<p><strong>Product Review Scorecard</strong></p>
<div>
<table id="vtas" class="zeroBorder" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Setup:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Features:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Usage:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Results:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">5<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Price:<br />
</strong></span></td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;">4<br />
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%">
<div style="text-align: right;"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>Overall:</strong></span></div>
</td>
<td style="text-align: right;" width="50%"><span style="font-size: small;"><strong>4.8</strong><br />
</span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p>Product Page: <a href="http://thinktankphoto.com/shapeshifter" target="_blank">http://www.ononesoftware.com/detail.php?prodLine_id=35</a><br />
Company Page: <a href="http://ononesoftware.com/" target="_blank">http://ononesoftware.com</a></p>
<p><strong>Author:</strong> <a href="http://l7studios.com" target="_blank">Kerry Garrison</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=945&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2008/12/21/onone-softwares-focal-point/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
